]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
cgroup: Polish hierarchically aware protection docs a bit
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 243 in spe:
4
5 * The "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to 4194304 by default,
6 i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up from the old 16bit
7 range. This should improve security and robustness a bit, as PID
8 collisions are made less likely (though certainly still
9 possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
10 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
11 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
12 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
13 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
14 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
15 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
16 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now only a
17 single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been concerns
18 that usability is affected by this change because larger PID numbers
19 are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digit PIDs to 7
20 digit PIDs is not too hampering for usability.
21
22 * MemoryLow and MemoryMin gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
23 DefaultMemoryLow and DefaultMemoryMin, which can be used to
24 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
25 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
26
27
28
29 CHANGES WITH 242:
30
31 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
32 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
33 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
34 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
35 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
36 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
37 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
38
39 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
40 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
41
42 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
43 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
44 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
45 may be used to view this.
46
47 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
48 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
49 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
50 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
51 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
52 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
53 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
54
55 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
56 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
57
58 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
59 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
60
61 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
62 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
63
64 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
65 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
66 is a USB peripheral).
67
68 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
69 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
70 measured.
71
72 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
73 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
74 have privileges to do so).
75
76 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
77 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
78 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
79
80 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
81 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
82 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
83 namespace.
84
85 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
86 in which case environment variable substitution is
87 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
88
89 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
90 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
91 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
92 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
93 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
94
95 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
96 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
97 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
98 installed CPU cores.
99
100 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
101 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
102 kernel 4.15.
103
104 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
105 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
106 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
107 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
108 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
109
110 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
111 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
112 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
113
114 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
115 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
116 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
117 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
118 enslaved devices is not operational.
119
120 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
121 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
122
123 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
124 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
125 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
126 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
127 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
128 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
129
130 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
131 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
132
133 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
134
135 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
136 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
137 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
138
139 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
140 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
141
142 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
143 configure CAN triple sampling.
144
145 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
146 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
147
148 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
149 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
150 details.
151
152 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
153 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
154 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
155 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
156 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
157 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
158
159 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
160
161 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
162 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
163 controlling project quota inheritance.
164
165 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
166 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
167 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
168 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
169 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
170 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
171 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
172 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
173 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
174 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
175 partition.
176
177 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
178 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
179 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
180 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
181 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
182
183 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
184 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
185
186 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
187 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
188 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
189 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
190 be used in production yet.
191
192 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
193 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
194 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
195 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
196 input, output, and error are set up.
197
198 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
199
200 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
201 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
202 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
203
204 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
205 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
206 the specified expression will elapse next.
207
208 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
209 introspection data.
210
211 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
212 the reboot() system call expects.
213
214 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
215 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
216 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
217
218 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
219 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
220 ConditionVirtualization=).
221
222 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
223 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
224 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
225 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
226 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
227 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
228 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
229 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
230 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
231 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
232 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
233 during reboot with their own operations.
234
235 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
236 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
237 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
238 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
239
240 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
241 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
242 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
243 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
244 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
245
246 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
247 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
248
249 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
250 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
251 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
252 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
253 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
254 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
255 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
256 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
257 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
258
259 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
260 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
261 prohibited.
262
263 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
264 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
265 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
266 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
267 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
268 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
269 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
270 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
271
272 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
273 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
274 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
275 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
276 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
277 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
278 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
279 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
280 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
281 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
282 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
283 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
284 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
285 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
286 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
287 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
288 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
289 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
290
291 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
292
293 CHANGES WITH 241:
294
295 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
296 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
297 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
298
299 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
300 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
301 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
302 include the package release information.
303
304 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
305 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
306 option.
307
308 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
309 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
310 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
311
312 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
313 again.
314
315 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
316 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
317 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
318 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
319 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
320 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
321 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
322 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
323 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
324 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
325 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
326 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
327 installed .link files to *not* include it.
328
329 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
330 "persistent", now works again as documented.
331
332 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
333 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
334
335 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
336 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
337 used for side-channel attacks.
338
339 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
340 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
341 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
342
343 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
344 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
345 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
346 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
347 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
348 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
349
350 fs.protected_regular = 0
351 fs.protected_fifos = 0
352
353 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
354 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
355
356 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
357 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
358 POSIX shells.
359
360 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
361 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
362
363 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
364 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
365 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
366 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
367 points but otherwise empty.
368
369 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
370 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
371 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
372
373 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
374 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
375
376 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
377 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
378
379 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
380 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
381 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
382 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
383 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
384 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
385 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
386 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
387 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
388 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
389 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
390 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
391 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
392 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
393 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
394 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
395 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
396
397 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
398
399 CHANGES WITH 240:
400
401 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
402 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
403 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
404 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
405 an SELinux policy update is required.
406 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
407
408 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
409 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
410 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
411 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
412 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
413 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
414 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
415 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
416 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
417 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
418
419 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
420 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
421 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
422 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
423 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
424 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
425 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
426 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
427 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
428 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
429 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
430 the search path.
431
432 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
433 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
434 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
435 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
436 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
437 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
438 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
439 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
440 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
441 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
442 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
443 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
444 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
445 start job.
446
447 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
448 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
449 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
450 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
451 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
452 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
453 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
454 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
455 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
456 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
457
458 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
459 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
460 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
461 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
462 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
463 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
464 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
465 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
466 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
467 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
468 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
469 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
470 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
471 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
472 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
473 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
474 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
475 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
476 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
477 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
478 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
479 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
480 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
481 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
482 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
483 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
484 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
485 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
486 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
487 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
488 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
489 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
490 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
491 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
492 Java.)
493
494 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
495 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
496 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
497 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
498 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
499 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
500 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
501 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
502 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
503 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
504
505 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
506 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
507 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
508 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
509 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
510 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
511
512 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
513 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
514 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
515 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
516 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
517
518 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
519 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
520
521 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
522 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
523 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
524
525 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
526 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
527
528 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
529 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
530 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
531
532 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
533 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
534 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
535 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
536 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
537 latency.
538
539 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
540 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
541
542 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
543 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
544 instance part of a unit name.
545
546 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
547 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
548 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
549 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
550 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
551 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
552 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
553 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
554 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
555
556 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
557 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
558 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
559 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
560
561 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
562 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
563 to a file, and appending to it.
564
565 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
566 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
567 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
568 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
569 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
570 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
571
572 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
573 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
574 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
575 having to touch C code.
576
577 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
578 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
579
580 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
581 DNS-over-TLS.
582
583 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
584 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
585 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
586
587 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
588 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
589 until the system finished start-up.
590
591 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
592
593 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
594 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
595 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
596 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
597 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
598 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
599 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
600
601 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
602 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
603 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
604 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
605 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
606 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
607 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
608 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
609 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
610 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
611 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
612 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
613
614 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
615 instantiate services.
616
617 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
618 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
619
620 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
621 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
622 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
623
624 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
625 it is neither used nor maintained.
626
627 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
628 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
629 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
630 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
631 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
632 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
633 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
634 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
635 separated by colons.
636
637 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
638 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
639
640 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
641 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
642
643 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
644 "ethtool advertise" commands.
645
646 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
647 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
648 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
649 directly.
650
651 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
652 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
653 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
654 ID.
655
656 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
657 and generate various 128bit IDs.
658
659 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
660 and LOGO=.
661
662 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
663 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
664 from any hibernated image.
665
666 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
667 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
668 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
669 kernel exports them.
670
671 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
672 /usr/bin/.
673
674 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
675 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
676 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
677 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
678 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
679 now documented here:
680
681 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
682
683 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
684 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
685 installs during early boot.
686
687 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
688 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
689
690 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
691 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
692
693 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
694 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
695 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
696
697 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
698 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
699 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
700 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
701 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
702 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
703 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
704 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
705 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
706 is on AC power.
707
708 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
709 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
710 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
711 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
712 see:
713
714 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
715
716 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
717 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
718 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
719 and container environments.
720
721 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
722 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
723 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
724 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
725
726 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
727 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
728 journald per-service.
729
730 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
731 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
732
733 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
734 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
735 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
736 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
737
738 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
739 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
740 groups.
741
742 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
743 --ephemeral command line switch.
744
745 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
746 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
747 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
748 object itself.
749
750 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
751 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
752 not unloaded).
753
754 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
755 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
756 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
757
758 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
759 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
760 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
761 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
762 "dead" state on success.
763
764 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
765 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
766 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
767 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
768 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
769 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
770 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
771 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
772 well-defined system service context.
773
774 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
775 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
776 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
777 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
778
779 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
780 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
781 continue to be used.
782
783 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
784 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
785 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
786 for example:
787
788 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
789
790 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
791 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
792 the command line's exit code.
793
794 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
795
796 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
797
798 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
799 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
800 support to systemctl and all other commands.
801
802 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
803 name as argument.
804
805 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
806 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
807 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
808 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
809 is improved.
810
811 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
812 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
813 initialize one to all 0xFF.
814
815 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
816 all files and directories listed in
817 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
818 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
819 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
820 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
821 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
822 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
823 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
824 the transition to the host OS.
825
826 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
827 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
828 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
829 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
830 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
831 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
832 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
833 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
834 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
835 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
836 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
837 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
838 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
839 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
840 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
841 these are opened they don't work.
842
843 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
844 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
845 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
846 logic works again.
847
848 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
849 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
850 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
851 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
852 ignore it.
853
854 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
855 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
856 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
857 commands.
858
859 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
860 pam_systemd anymore.
861
862 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
863 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
864 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
865 policy took effect.
866
867 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
868 python-3.5.
869
870 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
871 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
872 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
873 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
874 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
875 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
876 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
877 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
878 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
879 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
880 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
881 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
882 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
883 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
884 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
885 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
886 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
887 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
888 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
889 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
890 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
891 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
892 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
893 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
894 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
895 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
896 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
897 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
898 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
899 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
900 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
901 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
902 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
903 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
904 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
905 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
906 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
907 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
908 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
909 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
910 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
911 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
912 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
913 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
914 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
915
916 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
917
918 CHANGES WITH 239:
919
920 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
921 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
922 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
923 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
924 a slot number associated.
925
926 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
927 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
928 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
929 independent.
930
931 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
932 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
933 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
934
935 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
936 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
937 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
938 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
939
940 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
941 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
942 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
943 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
944 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
945 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
946 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
947 e.g. NIS.
948
949 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
950 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
951 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
952 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
953 may be necessary to update the file.
954
955 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
956 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
957 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
958 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
959 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
960 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
961 documentation.
962
963 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
964 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
965 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
966 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
967 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
968 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
969 them.
970
971 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
972 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
973 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
974 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
975 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
976
977 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
978 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
979 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
980 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
981 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
982 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
983 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
984 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
985
986 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
987 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
988 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
989 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
990 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
991
992 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
993 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
994 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
995 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
996 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
997
998 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
999 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
1000 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
1001
1002 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
1003 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
1004 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
1005 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
1006 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
1007 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
1008 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
1009 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
1010 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
1011 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
1012 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
1013 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
1014 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
1015 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
1016 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
1017 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
1018 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
1019 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
1020 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
1021 from.
1022
1023 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
1024 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
1025 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
1026 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
1027
1028 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
1029 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
1030 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
1031 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
1032
1033 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
1034 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
1035 hibernates again.
1036
1037 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
1038 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
1039
1040 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
1041 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
1042 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
1043
1044 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
1045 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
1046 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
1047 was not configurable and set to 512.
1048
1049 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
1050 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
1051 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
1052 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
1053 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
1054 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
1055 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
1056 in particular su and sudo.
1057
1058 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
1059 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
1060 synchronization has been received from the network. This
1061 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
1062 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
1063 services.
1064
1065 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
1066 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
1067 files should work for hibernation now.
1068
1069 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
1070 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
1071 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
1072 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
1073 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
1074 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
1075 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
1076 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
1077 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
1078 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
1079 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
1080 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
1081 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
1082 name following the last dash.
1083
1084 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
1085 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
1086 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
1087 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
1088 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
1089
1090 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
1091 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
1092 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
1093 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
1094 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
1095 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
1096
1097 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
1098 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
1099 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
1100 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
1101
1102 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
1103 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
1104 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
1105 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
1106 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
1107
1108 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
1109 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
1110 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
1111 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
1112 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
1113 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
1114 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
1115 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
1116 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
1117 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
1118 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
1119 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
1120 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
1121
1122 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
1123 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
1124 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
1125 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
1126 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
1127 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
1128 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
1129 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
1130 settings.
1131
1132 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
1133 expiration feature, if it is available.
1134
1135 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
1136 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
1137 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
1138
1139 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
1140 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
1141
1142 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
1143
1144 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
1145 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
1146
1147 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
1148 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
1149 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
1150 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
1151 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
1152 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
1153 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
1154 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
1155 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
1156 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
1157 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
1158
1159 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
1160 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
1161 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
1162 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
1163
1164 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
1165 about its state.
1166
1167 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
1168 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
1169 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
1170 "timedatectl set-ntp".
1171
1172 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
1173 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
1174 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
1175 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
1176 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
1177 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
1178 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
1179 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
1180 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
1181 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
1182 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
1183
1184 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
1185 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
1186
1187 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
1188 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
1189 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
1190 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
1191 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
1192 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
1193
1194 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
1195 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
1196 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
1197 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
1198 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
1199 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
1200 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
1201
1202 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
1203 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
1204 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
1205 shown.)
1206
1207 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
1208 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
1209 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
1210 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
1211 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
1212 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
1213 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
1214 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
1215 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
1216
1217 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
1218 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
1219 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
1220
1221 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
1222 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
1223 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
1224 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
1225 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
1226 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
1227 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
1228 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
1229
1230 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
1231
1232 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
1233 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
1234 automatically when the system clock changed.)
1235
1236 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
1237 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
1238
1239 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
1240 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
1241 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
1242
1243 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
1244
1245 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
1246
1247 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
1248 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
1249
1250 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
1251 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
1252 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
1253 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
1254 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
1255 external user databases.
1256
1257 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
1258 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
1259 refused due to the enforced limits.
1260
1261 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
1262 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
1263 manages.
1264
1265 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
1266 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
1267 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
1268 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
1269 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
1270 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
1271 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
1272 where this is now used by default.
1273
1274 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
1275 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
1276
1277 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
1278 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
1279 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
1280 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
1281 update process in a generic way.
1282
1283 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
1284
1285 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
1286 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
1287 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
1288 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
1289 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
1290 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
1291 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
1292 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
1293 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
1294 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
1295 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
1296 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1297 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1298 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1299 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1300 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1301 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1302 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1303 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1304 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1305 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1306 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1307 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1308 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1309 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1310 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1311 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1312 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1313 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1314
1315 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1316
1317 CHANGES WITH 238:
1318
1319 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1320 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1321 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1322 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1323 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1324 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1325 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1326 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1327 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1328 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1329 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1330 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1331 to revert this change.
1332
1333 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1334 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1335 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1336 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1337 once at the end of the transaction.
1338
1339 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1340 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1341 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1342 scripts.
1343
1344 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1345 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1346 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1347 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1348 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1349 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1350 still allowing local admin overrides.
1351
1352 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1353 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1354 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1355
1356 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1357 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1358 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1359 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1360 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1361
1362 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1363 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1364 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1365 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1366 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1367 from package installation scripts.
1368
1369 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1370 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1371 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1372
1373 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1374 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1375
1376 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1377 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1378 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1379
1380 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1381 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1382 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1383 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1384
1385 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1386 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1387 which are triggered meanwhile).
1388
1389 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1390 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1391 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1392 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1393 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1394
1395 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1396 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1397 rotated very quickly.
1398
1399 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1400 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1401 pending bus messages.
1402
1403 * systemd gained a new
1404 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1405 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1406 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1407 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1408 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1409 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1410 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1411 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1412 session scope.
1413
1414 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1415 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1416 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1417 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1418 the tree to be accessed.
1419
1420 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1421 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1422 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1423
1424 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1425 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1426 to keys in the main keyring.
1427
1428 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1429
1430 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1431 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1432
1433 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1434
1435 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1436 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1437 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1438 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1439 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1440 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1441 explicitly.
1442
1443 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1444 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1445
1446 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1447 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1448 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1449 be restarted.
1450
1451 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1452 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1453
1454 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1455 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1456 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1457 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1458 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1459 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1460 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1461 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1462 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1463 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1464 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1465 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1466 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1467 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1468 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1469 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1470
1471 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1472
1473 CHANGES WITH 237:
1474
1475 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1476 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1477 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1478 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1479
1480 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1481 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1482 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1483 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1484 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1485 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1486 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1487 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1488 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1489 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1490
1491 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1492 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1493 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1494 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1495 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1496 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1497 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1498 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1499 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1500 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1501
1502 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1503 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1504 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1505 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1506 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1507 now provides explicit control.
1508
1509 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1510 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1511 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1512 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1513 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1514 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1515 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1516
1517 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1518 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1519 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1520
1521 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1522 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1523
1524 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1525 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1526 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1527 versions.
1528
1529 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1530 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1531 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1532 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1533 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1534 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1535 understands RapidCommit=.
1536
1537 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1538 Delegation.
1539
1540 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1541 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1542 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1543 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1544 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1545 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1546 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1547 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1548 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1549
1550 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1551 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1552 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1553 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1554 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1555 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1556 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1557 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1558 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1559 "Disconnected" signals).
1560
1561 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1562 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1563 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1564 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1565 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1566 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1567 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1568 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1569 round-trips are removed.
1570
1571 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1572 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1573 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1574 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1575
1576 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1577 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1578 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1579 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1580 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1581 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1582
1583 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1584 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1585 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1586 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1587 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1588 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1589 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1590 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1591 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1592 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1593
1594 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1595 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1596 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1597 when the event source is destroyed.
1598
1599 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1600 connections.
1601
1602 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1603 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1604 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1605 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1606 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1607 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1608 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1609
1610 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1611 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1612 manager.
1613
1614 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1615 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1616 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1617 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1618 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1619
1620 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1621 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1622 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1623 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1624 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1625 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1626
1627 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1628 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1629 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1630 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1631 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1632 level/target is given as an argument.
1633
1634 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1635 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1636 where UID and GID do not match.
1637
1638 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1639 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1640 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1641 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1642 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1643 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1644 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1645 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1646 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1647 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1648 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1649 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1650 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1651 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1652 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1653 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1654 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1655 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1656 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1657 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1658 Палаузов
1659
1660 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1661
1662 CHANGES WITH 236:
1663
1664 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1665 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1666 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1667 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1668
1669 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1670 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1671 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1672 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1673 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1674 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1675 valid specifiers today.)
1676
1677 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1678 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1679 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1680 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1681 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1682 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1683
1684 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1685 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1686 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1687 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1688
1689 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1690 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1691 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1692 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1693 services are resolved properly.
1694
1695 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1696 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1697 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1698 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1699 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1700 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1701 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1702 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1703 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1704 and btrfs.
1705
1706 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1707 DNS server and domain information.
1708
1709 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1710 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1711 runtime.
1712
1713 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1714 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1715 empty for the first time.
1716
1717 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1718 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1719 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1720 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1721 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1722 running in the user session.
1723
1724 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1725 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1726 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1727 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1728 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1729 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
1730 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
1731 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
1732 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1733 user instance).
1734
1735 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1736 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1737
1738 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
1739 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1740 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1741 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
1742
1743 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
1744 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
1745
1746 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1747 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1748 sleep verbs.
1749
1750 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
1751
1752 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
1753 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
1754
1755 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
1756
1757 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1758 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1759 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
1760
1761 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1762 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1763 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1764 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1765 instance.
1766
1767 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1768 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1769 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1770
1771 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1772 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1773 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1774
1775 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
1776
1777 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1778 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1779 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1780 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1781 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1782 processes.
1783
1784 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1785 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1786 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1787 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1788
1789 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1790 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1791 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1792
1793 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1794 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1795 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1796 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1797 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1798
1799 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1800 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1801
1802 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1803 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1804 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1805 time the specified expression would elapse.
1806
1807 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
1808 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1809 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1810 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1811 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1812 types, not just services.
1813
1814 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
1815 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
1816 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1817 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1818
1819 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1820 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1821 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1822 interface for this purpose.
1823
1824 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1825 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1826 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1827 anyway.
1828
1829 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1830 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
1831 requirements of systemd.
1832
1833 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1834 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1835 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1836
1837 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1838 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1839 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1840 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1841
1842 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1843 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1844 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1845 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1846
1847 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1848 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1849
1850 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1851 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1852 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1853 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1854 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1855 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1856
1857 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1858 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1859 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1860
1861 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1862 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1863 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1864 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1865 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1866 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1867 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1868 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1869 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1870 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1871 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1872 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1873 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1874 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1875 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1876 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1877 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1878 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1879 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1880 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1881 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1882 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1883 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1884
1885 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1886
1887 CHANGES WITH 235:
1888
1889 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1890 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1891 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1892 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1893 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1894 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1895 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1896 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1897 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1898 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1899 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1900 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1901 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1902 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1903 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1904 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1905 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1906 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1907 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1908 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1909 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1910 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1911 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1912 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1913 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1914 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1915
1916 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1917 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1918 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1919 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1920 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1921 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1922 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1923 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1924
1925 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1926 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1927 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1928 used to change those values.
1929
1930 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1931 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1932 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1933 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1934 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1935 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1936
1937 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1938 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1939 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1940 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1941
1942 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1943 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1944 one top-level directory.
1945
1946 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1947 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1948 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1949 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1950 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1951 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1952 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1953 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1954 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1955 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1956 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1957 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1958 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1959 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1960 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1961
1962 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1963 Meson-only.
1964
1965 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1966 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1967 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1968 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1969 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1970 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1971 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1972 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1973 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1974 acceptable to us.
1975
1976 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1977 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1978 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1979 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1980 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1981 requested at build time.
1982
1983 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1984 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1985 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1986 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1987 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1988 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1989 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1990 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1991 Type= setting which permits configuring
1992 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1993
1994 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1995 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1996 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1997 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1998 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1999 local frames between bridge ports.
2000
2001 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
2002 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
2003 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
2004
2005 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
2006 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
2007
2008 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
2009 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
2010 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
2011 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
2012
2013 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
2014 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
2015 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
2016 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
2017 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
2018 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
2019 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
2020 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
2021
2022 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
2023 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
2024 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
2025 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
2026 command.)
2027
2028 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
2029 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
2030 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
2031
2032 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
2033 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
2034 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
2035 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
2036
2037 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
2038 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
2039 configured, except for the credentials applied by
2040 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
2041 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
2042 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
2043 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
2044 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
2045 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
2046 on systems where this is not supported.
2047
2048 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
2049 sockets.
2050
2051 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
2052 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
2053 during runtime.
2054
2055 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
2056 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
2057 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
2058
2059 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
2060 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
2061 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
2062
2063 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
2064 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
2065 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
2066 Following this logic, two new special targets
2067 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
2068 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
2069 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
2070
2071 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
2072 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
2073 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
2074 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
2075
2076 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
2077 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
2078 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
2079 --wait".
2080
2081 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
2082 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
2083 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
2084 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
2085 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
2086 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
2087 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
2088 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
2089 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
2090
2091 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
2092 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
2093 containing information about the consumed resources of this
2094 invocation.
2095
2096 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
2097 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
2098 processes.
2099
2100 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
2101 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
2102 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
2103 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
2104 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
2105 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
2106 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
2107 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
2108 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
2109 systems for all five operations.
2110
2111 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
2112 the system.
2113
2114 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
2115 than UTC or the local timezone.
2116
2117 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
2118 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
2119 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
2120 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
2121 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
2122 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
2123 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
2124 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
2125
2126 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
2127 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
2128 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
2129 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
2130 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
2131 again.
2132
2133 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
2134 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
2135 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
2136
2137 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
2138 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
2139 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
2140 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
2141 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
2142 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
2143 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2144 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
2145 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
2146 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
2147 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
2148 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
2149 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
2150 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
2151 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
2152 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
2153 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
2154 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
2155 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
2156 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2157
2158 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
2159
2160 CHANGES WITH 234:
2161
2162 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
2163 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
2164 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
2165 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
2166 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
2167 summary:
2168
2169 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
2170
2171 becomes:
2172
2173 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
2174
2175 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
2176 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
2177 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
2178 .device units.
2179
2180 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
2181 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
2182 running a systemd user instance.
2183
2184 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
2185 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
2186 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
2187 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
2188 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
2189 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
2190
2191 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
2192
2193 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
2194 (domain search list).
2195
2196 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
2197 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
2198 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
2199 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
2200 implementation of RA.
2201
2202 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
2203 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
2204 ISO date values.
2205
2206 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
2207 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
2208 devices.
2209
2210 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
2211 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
2212 option.
2213
2214 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
2215 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
2216 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
2217 default yet.
2218
2219 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
2220 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
2221 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
2222 SHA256SUMS files.
2223
2224 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
2225 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
2226
2227 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
2228
2229 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
2230
2231 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
2232 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
2233
2234 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
2235 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
2236 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
2237 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
2238
2239 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
2240 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
2241 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
2242 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
2243 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
2244 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
2245 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
2246 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
2247 systemd-logind to be safe. See
2248 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
2249
2250 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
2251 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
2252 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
2253 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
2254 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
2255 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
2256 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
2257 after all the plugins exit.
2258
2259 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
2260 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
2261 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
2262 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
2263 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
2264 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
2265 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
2266 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2267 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
2268 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
2269 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
2270 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
2271 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
2272 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
2273 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
2274 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2275 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
2276 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
2277 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
2278 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
2279 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
2280 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
2281 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
2282 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
2283 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2284 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
2285 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
2286 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
2287 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
2288 Георгиевски
2289
2290 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
2291
2292 CHANGES WITH 233:
2293
2294 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
2295 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
2296 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
2297 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
2298 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2299 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2300 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2301 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2302 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2303
2304 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2305 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2306 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2307 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2308 default selected on the configure command line
2309 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2310 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2311 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2312 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2313 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2314 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2315 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2316 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2317 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2318 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2319
2320 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2321 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2322 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2323 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2324 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2325 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2326 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2327 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2328 further details about this.)
2329
2330 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2331 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2332 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2333
2334 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2335 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2336
2337 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2338 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2339 with 'make install-tests'.
2340
2341 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2342 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2343 kernel.
2344
2345 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2346 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2347 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2348 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2349 by the Slice= option.
2350
2351 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2352 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2353 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2354 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2355
2356 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2357 following choices:
2358
2359 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2360 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2361 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2362 (h)elp
2363 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2364 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2365 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2366 (y)es, execute the command
2367
2368 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2369 because its meaning was confusing.
2370
2371 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2372 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2373
2374 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2375 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2376 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2377
2378 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2379 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2380 state directly, without executing these commands.
2381
2382 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2383 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2384 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2385
2386 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2387 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2388 combination with After=) have been started.
2389
2390 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2391 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2392 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2393
2394 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2395 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2396 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2397 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2398 configuration related calls.
2399
2400 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2401 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2402 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2403 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2404 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2405 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2406 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2407
2408 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2409 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2410
2411 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2412 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2413 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2414
2415 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2416 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2417
2418 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2419 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2420 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2421 for compatibility.
2422
2423 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2424 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2425
2426 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2427 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2428
2429 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2430 support for negative matching.
2431
2432 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2433
2434 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2435 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2436
2437 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2438 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2439 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2440 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2441 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2442 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2443 removed from the drive.
2444
2445 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2446 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2447
2448 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2449 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2450
2451 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2452 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2453 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2454
2455 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2456 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2457 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2458 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2459 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2460 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2461 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2462
2463 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2464 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2465 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2466 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2467 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2468 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2469
2470 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2471 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2472
2473 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2474 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2475 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2476 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2477 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2478 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2479 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2480 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2481
2482 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2483 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2484 including all control processes.
2485
2486 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2487 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2488 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2489
2490 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2491 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2492 prefixing the source path with "+".
2493
2494 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2495 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2496 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2497 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2498 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2499 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2500 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2501 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2502
2503 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2504 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2505 before).
2506
2507 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2508 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2509 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2510 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2511 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2512 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2513 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2514
2515 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2516 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2517 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2518 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2519 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2520 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2521 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2522 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2523 versions.
2524
2525 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2526 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2527 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2528 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2529 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2530 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2531 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2532 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2533 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2534 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2535 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2536 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2537 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2538 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2539 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2540 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2541 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2542 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2543 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2544 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2545 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2546
2547 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2548 accelerometer quirks.
2549
2550 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2551 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2552 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2553 ID of each service.
2554
2555 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2556 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2557 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2558 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2559 view.
2560
2561 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2562 environment variables:
2563
2564 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2565
2566 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2567 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2568 address.
2569
2570 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2571 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2572 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2573
2574 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2575 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2576 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2577 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2578 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2579 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2580 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2581 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2582 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2583 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2584 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2585 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2586 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2587
2588 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2589 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2590 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2591
2592 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2593 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2594
2595 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2596 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2597 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2598 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2599 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2600
2601 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2602 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2603 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2604
2605 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2606 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2607
2608 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2609 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2610 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2611 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2612
2613 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2614 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2615 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2616 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2617 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2618 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2619 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2620 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2621 possibly even including full integrity data.
2622
2623 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2624 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2625 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2626 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2627 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2628
2629 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2630 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2631 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2632 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2633 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2634
2635 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2636 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2637 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2638 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2639
2640 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2641 of coredumps in reverse order.
2642
2643 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2644 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2645 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2646 additional informational message in its output.
2647
2648 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2649 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2650 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2651
2652 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2653 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2654 scripting languages such as Python.
2655
2656 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2657 namespacing is enabled for them.
2658
2659 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2660 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2661 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2662 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2663 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2664 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2665
2666 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2667 root key (KSK).
2668
2669 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2670 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2671 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2672
2673 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2674 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2675 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2676 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2677 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2678 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2679 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2680 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2681 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2682 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2683 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2684 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2685 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2686 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2687 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2688 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2689 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2690 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2691 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2692 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2693 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2694 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2695 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2696 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2697 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2698 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2699 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2700 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2701 Тихонов
2702
2703 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2704
2705 CHANGES WITH 232:
2706
2707 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2708 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2709 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2710 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2711 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2712 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2713
2714 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2715 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2716
2717 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
2718 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2719 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
2720
2721 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2722 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2723 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2724
2725 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
2726 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2727 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2728 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2729
2730 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
2731 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2732
2733 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2734 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2735 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2736
2737 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2738 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2739 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2740 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2741 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2742 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2743 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
2744 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2745 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2746 permanent modifications to the system.
2747
2748 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
2749 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
2750 container or chroot environments.
2751
2752 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
2753 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2754 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2755 mapped to nobody.
2756
2757 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2758 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2759 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2760 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2761
2762 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2763 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2764
2765 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2766 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2767 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2768 and the support is provisional.
2769
2770 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2771 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2772 unit files in the file system).
2773
2774 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2775 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2776 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2777 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2778 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2779 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2780 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2781 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2782 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2783 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2784 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2785 state is fixed automatically.
2786
2787 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2788 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2789 option.
2790
2791 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2792 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2793 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2794 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2795 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2796 else.
2797
2798 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2799 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2800 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2801 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2802 bootable on physical systems.
2803
2804 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
2805
2806 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2807 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2808 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2809 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2810 used.
2811
2812 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
2813 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
2814 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2815 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2816
2817 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
2818
2819 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
2820 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2821 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2822 of the container).
2823
2824 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
2825 files from the specified location.
2826
2827 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2828 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2829 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2830 be active.
2831
2832 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2833 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2834 trackball devices.
2835
2836 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2837 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2838 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2839
2840 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
2841 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2842 specified service binary exited.)
2843
2844 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
2845 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2846
2847 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
2848 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2849 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2850 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2851 --since= and --until= options.
2852
2853 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2854 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2855 are automatically propagated to the container.
2856
2857 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2858 from a single IP address can be limited with
2859 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2860 MaxConnections=.
2861
2862 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2863 configuration.
2864
2865 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2866 drop-ins.
2867
2868 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2869 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2870 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2871 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2872 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2873 [Link] section of .link files.
2874
2875 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2876 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2877 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2878 section of .netdev files.
2879
2880 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2881 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2882 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2883
2884 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2885 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2886 .network files.
2887
2888 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2889 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2890 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2891 service runtime cycle.
2892
2893 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2894 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2895 has been traditionally doing.
2896
2897 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2898 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2899 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2900 prevent any later plugins from running.
2901
2902 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2903 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2904 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2905 default of SplitMode=uid.
2906
2907 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2908 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2909 useful.
2910
2911 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2912 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2913 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2914 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2915 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2916 individual namespaces.
2917
2918 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2919 the output, as well as OS release information.
2920
2921 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2922
2923 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2924 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2925 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2926 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2927 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2928
2929 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2930 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2931 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2932 severed.
2933
2934 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2935 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2936 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2937 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2938 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2939 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2940 information about exit statuses and results.
2941
2942 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2943 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2944 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2945 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2946 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2947 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2948
2949 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2950
2951 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2952 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2953 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2954 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2955 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2956 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2957 entirely.
2958
2959 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2960 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2961 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2962
2963 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2964 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2965 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2966 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2967 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2968 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2969 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2970 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2971 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2972 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2973 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2974 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2975 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2976 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2977 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2978 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2979 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2980
2981 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2982 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2983 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2984 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2985
2986 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2987 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2988 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2989 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2990
2991 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2992 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2993 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2994 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2995 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2996 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2997 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2998 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2999 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
3000 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
3001 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
3002 fragment entirely.)
3003
3004 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
3005 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
3006 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
3007
3008 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
3009 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
3010 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
3011 FileDescriptorName= setting.
3012
3013 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
3014 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
3015 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
3016 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
3017 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
3018 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
3019
3020 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
3021 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
3022
3023 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
3024 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
3025
3026 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
3027 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
3028 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
3029 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
3030 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
3031
3032 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
3033 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
3034 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
3035 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3036 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
3037 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
3038 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
3039 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
3040 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
3041 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
3042 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
3043 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
3044 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
3045 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
3046 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3047 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
3048 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
3049 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
3050 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
3051 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
3052 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
3053 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
3054 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
3055 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
3056 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3057 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3058
3059 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
3060
3061 CHANGES WITH 231:
3062
3063 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
3064 with an additional special character as first argument of the
3065 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
3066 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
3067 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
3068 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
3069 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
3070 independently.
3071
3072 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
3073 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
3074
3075 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
3076 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
3077 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
3078 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
3079 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
3080 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
3081 values.
3082
3083 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
3084 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
3085 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
3086 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
3087 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
3088
3089 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
3090 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
3091 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
3092 7:10am every day.
3093
3094 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
3095 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
3096 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
3097 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
3098 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
3099 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
3100 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
3101 available for compatibility.
3102
3103 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
3104 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
3105 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
3106 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
3107 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
3108 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
3109
3110 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
3111 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
3112 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
3113 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
3114 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
3115 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
3116 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
3117 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
3118 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
3119
3120 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
3121 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
3122 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
3123 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
3124 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
3125 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
3126 desired options.
3127
3128 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
3129 cgroup v2.
3130
3131 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
3132 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
3133 limited to subgroups of that group.
3134
3135 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
3136 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
3137 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
3138 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
3139 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
3140 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
3141 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
3142 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
3143
3144 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
3145 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
3146 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
3147 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
3148 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
3149 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
3150 own long-running services.
3151
3152 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
3153 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
3154 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
3155 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
3156
3157 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
3158 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
3159 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
3160 propagates this notification further to the service manager
3161 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
3162 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
3163 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
3164 primitives.
3165
3166 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
3167 "terminate".
3168
3169 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
3170 link-local IPv6 addresses.
3171
3172 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
3173 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
3174 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
3175 --flush-caches".
3176
3177 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
3178 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
3179 is shown.
3180
3181 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
3182 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
3183 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
3184 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
3185 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
3186 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
3187
3188 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
3189 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
3190 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
3191 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
3192 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
3193 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
3194 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
3195 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
3196 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
3197 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
3198 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
3199 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
3200 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
3201 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
3202 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
3203 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
3204 bus API instead.
3205
3206 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
3207 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
3208 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
3209 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
3210
3211 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
3212 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
3213 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
3214 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
3215
3216 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
3217 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
3218 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
3219
3220 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
3221 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
3222
3223 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
3224 interface configuration.
3225
3226 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
3227 specifying the --force switch.
3228
3229 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
3230 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
3231 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
3232
3233 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
3234 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
3235 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
3236 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
3237 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
3238 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
3239 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
3240 to be handled.
3241
3242 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
3243 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
3244
3245 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
3246 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
3247
3248 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
3249 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
3250 of persistent symlinks for that device.
3251
3252 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
3253 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
3254
3255 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
3256 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
3257 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
3258 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
3259 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
3260 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
3261 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
3262 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
3263 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
3264 library.
3265
3266 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
3267 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
3268 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
3269 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
3270 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
3271 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
3272 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
3273 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
3274 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
3275 doc/HACKING for details.
3276
3277 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
3278 distribution's bugtracker.
3279
3280 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
3281 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
3282 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
3283 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
3284 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
3285 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
3286 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
3287 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
3288 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
3289 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
3290 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
3291 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
3292 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
3293 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
3294 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
3295 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
3296 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
3297 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
3298 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3299
3300 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3301
3302 CHANGES WITH 230:
3303
3304 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3305 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3306 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3307 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3308 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3309 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3310 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3311 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3312 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3313 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3314 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3315 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3316 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3317 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3318 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3319 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3320 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3321 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3322 applications.)
3323
3324 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3325 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3326 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3327
3328 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3329 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3330 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3331 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3332 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3333 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3334 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3335
3336 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3337 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3338 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3339 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3340 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3341 command works for tmux.
3342
3343 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3344 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3345 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3346 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3347 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3348 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3349
3350 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3351 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3352
3353 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3354 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3355 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3356
3357 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3358
3359 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3360 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3361 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3362 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3363 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3364
3365 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3366 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3367 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3368 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3369
3370 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3371 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3372 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3373 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3374 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3375 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3376
3377 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3378 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3379 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3380
3381 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3382 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3383 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3384 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3385 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3386 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3387
3388 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3389 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3390 address.
3391
3392 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3393 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3394 should be emitted.
3395
3396 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3397 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3398 supported.
3399
3400 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3401 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3402 logging performance.
3403
3404 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3405 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3406 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3407 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3408 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3409 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3410
3411 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3412 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3413 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3414 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3415
3416 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3417 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3418
3419 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3420 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3421 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3422
3423 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3424
3425 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3426 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3427 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3428 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3429
3430 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3431 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3432 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3433 refuse to operate on such files.
3434
3435 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3436 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3437 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3438
3439 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3440 just hidden container images.
3441
3442 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3443 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3444
3445 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3446 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3447 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3448 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3449 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3450 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3451 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3452 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3453 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3454 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3455 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3456
3457 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3458 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3459 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3460 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3461 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3462 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3463 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3464 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3465 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3466 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3467 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3468 terminates.
3469
3470 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3471 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3472 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3473 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3474
3475 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3476 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3477 rate of the socket unit.
3478
3479 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3480 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3481 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3482 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3483 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3484
3485 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3486 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3487 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3488 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3489 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3490 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3491 with this.
3492
3493 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3494 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3495
3496 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3497 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3498
3499 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3500 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3501 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3502 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3503 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3504
3505 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3506 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3507 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3508
3509 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3510 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3511 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3512 target is now included in early userspace.
3513
3514 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3515 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3516 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3517 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3518 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3519 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3520 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3521 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3522 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3523 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3524 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3525 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3526 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3527 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3528 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3529 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3530 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3531 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3532 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3533 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3534 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3535 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3536 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3537 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3538 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3539 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3540
3541 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3542
3543 CHANGES WITH 229:
3544
3545 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3546 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3547 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3548 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3549 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3550 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3551 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3552 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3553 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3554 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3555 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3556 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3557 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3558
3559 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3560 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3561 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3562 /usr/bin.
3563
3564 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3565 devices.
3566
3567 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3568 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3569 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3570 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3571 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3572 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3573 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3574 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3575 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3576 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3577 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3578 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3579 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3580 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3581 this limit.
3582
3583 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3584 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3585 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3586 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3587 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3588 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3589 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3590 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3591
3592 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3593 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3594 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3595 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3596 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3597 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3598 and group at package installation time.
3599
3600 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3601 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3602 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3603 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3604 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3605
3606 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3607 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3608 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3609 supports it.
3610
3611 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3612 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3613
3614 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3615 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3616 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3617 file is already initialized.
3618
3619 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3620 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3621 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3622 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3623 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3624 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3625 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3626 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3627 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3628
3629 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3630 working directory for the process started in the container.
3631
3632 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3633 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3634 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3635 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3636 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3637
3638 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3639 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3640 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3641
3642 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3643 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3644 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3645 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3646
3647 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3648 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3649 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3650 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3651 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3652
3653 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3654 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3655 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3656 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3657
3658 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3659 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3660 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3661 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3662 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3663 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3664 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3665 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3666 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3667 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3668 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3669 by PID 1.
3670
3671 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3672 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3673 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3674 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3675 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3676 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3677 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3678 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3679
3680 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3681
3682 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3683 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3684 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3685
3686 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3687 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3688 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3689 recent kernels.
3690
3691 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3692 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3693
3694 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3695 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3696 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3697 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3698 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3699 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3700 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3701 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3702 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3703 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3704 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3705 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3706 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3707
3708 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3709 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3710 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3711 clusters or larger setups.
3712
3713 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3714
3715 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3716 sockets.
3717
3718 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3719
3720 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3721 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3722 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3723 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3724 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3725 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3726
3727 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3728 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3729 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3730
3731 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3732 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
3733 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3734 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
3735
3736 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
3737
3738 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3739 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3740 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3741 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3742 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3743 maintain compatibility.
3744
3745 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3746 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3747 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3748 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3749 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3750 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3751 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3752 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3753 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3754 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3755 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3756 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3757 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3758 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3759 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3760 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3761 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3762 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3763 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3764
3765 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
3766
3767 CHANGES WITH 228:
3768
3769 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3770 files are now also available as properties to set when
3771 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3772 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3773 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3774 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3775 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3776 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3777 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3778
3779 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3780 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3781 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
3782
3783 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3784 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3785 created transiently.
3786
3787 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3788 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3789 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3790 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3791 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
3792 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
3793 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3794 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3795
3796 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3797 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3798 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3799
3800 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3801 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3802 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3803 enabled.
3804
3805 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3806 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3807 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3808 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3809 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3810 subvolumes.
3811
3812 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3813 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3814
3815 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3816 individual indexes.
3817
3818 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3819 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3820 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3821 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3822 suffixes now.
3823
3824 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3825 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3826 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3827 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3828 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3829 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3830 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3831 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3832 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3833 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3834 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3835 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3836 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3837 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3838 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3839 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3840 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3841 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3842 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3843 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3844 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3845
3846 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3847 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3848 links between the host and the container.
3849
3850 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3851 added that allows importing select environment variables
3852 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3853 the service.
3854
3855 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3856 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3857 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3858 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3859 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3860 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3861 than until they first elapse.
3862
3863 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3864 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3865 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3866 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3867 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3868 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3869 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3870 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3871
3872 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3873 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3874 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3875 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3876 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3877 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3878 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3879 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3880 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3881 journal and in coredump handling.
3882
3883 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3884 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3885 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3886 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3887 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3888 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3889 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3890 software you package still references it, as this is a
3891 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3892 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3893
3894 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3895
3896 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3897 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3898
3899 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3900 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3901 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3902
3903 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3904 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3905 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3906 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3907 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3908 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3909 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3910 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3911 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3912 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3913 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3914 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3915 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3916 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3917 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3918 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3919
3920 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3921 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3922 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3923 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3924 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3925 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3926 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3927 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3928 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3929 surprises.
3930
3931 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3932 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3933 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3934 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3935 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3936 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3937 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3938 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3939 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3940 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3941 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3942 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3943 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3944 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3945 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3946 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3947 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3948 of PID 1 is the root user).
3949
3950 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3951 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3952 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3953 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3954 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3955 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3956 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3957 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3958 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3959 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3960 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3961 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3962 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3963 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3964 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3965
3966 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3967
3968 CHANGES WITH 227:
3969
3970 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3971 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3972 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3973
3974 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3975 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3976 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3977 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3978 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3979 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3980
3981 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3982 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3983 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3984 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3985 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3986
3987 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3988 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3989 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3990 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3991 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3992 packets on unestablished sockets.
3993
3994 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3995 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3996 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3997 automatically.
3998
3999 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
4000 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
4001 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
4002
4003 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
4004 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
4005 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
4006 for disk IO.
4007
4008 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
4009 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
4010 removed.
4011
4012 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
4013 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
4014 directory is set to the home directory of the user
4015 configured in User=.
4016
4017 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
4018 directory of the selected user by default.
4019
4020 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
4021 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
4022 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
4023 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
4024 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
4025 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
4026 compat reasons.
4027
4028 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
4029 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
4030 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
4031 units.
4032
4033 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
4034 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
4035 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
4036 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
4037 level.
4038
4039 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
4040 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
4041 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
4042 namespaces work correctly.
4043
4044 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
4045 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
4046 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
4047 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
4048 activation.
4049
4050 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
4051 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
4052 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
4053 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
4054 system instance in a container.
4055
4056 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
4057 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
4058 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
4059 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
4060 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
4061 connections.
4062
4063 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
4064 show the control groups within a certain container only.
4065
4066 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
4067 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
4068 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
4069 processes attached, or similar.
4070
4071 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
4072 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
4073 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
4074
4075 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
4076 specifiers like %i or %f.
4077
4078 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
4079 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
4080 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
4081 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
4082
4083 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
4084 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
4085 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
4086 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
4087 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
4088 descriptors using sd_notify().
4089
4090 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
4091
4092 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
4093 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
4094
4095 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
4096 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
4097
4098 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
4099 .network files.
4100
4101 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
4102 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
4103 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
4104 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
4105 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
4106 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
4107 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
4108 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
4109 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
4110 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
4111 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
4112 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
4113 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
4114 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
4115 gdm-autologin is used.
4116
4117 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
4118 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
4119 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
4120 next to the image file.
4121
4122 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
4123 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
4124 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
4125 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
4126
4127 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
4128 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
4129 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
4130 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
4131 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
4132 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
4133
4134 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
4135 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
4136 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
4137 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
4138 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
4139 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
4140 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
4141 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
4142 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
4143 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
4144 number of files in place.
4145
4146 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
4147 on kernels where that is supported.
4148
4149 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
4150
4151 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
4152 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
4153 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
4154 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4155 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
4156 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
4157 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
4158 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
4159 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
4160 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
4161 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4162 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4163 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
4164 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
4165 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
4166 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4167 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
4168 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
4169
4170 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
4171
4172 CHANGES WITH 226:
4173
4174 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
4175 new features:
4176
4177 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
4178 information. It may be enabled and configured via
4179 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
4180 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
4181 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
4182 is any) is propagated.
4183
4184 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
4185 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
4186 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
4187 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
4188 information is enabled between host and containers by
4189 default now: the container will change its local timezone
4190 to what the host has set.
4191
4192 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
4193 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
4194
4195 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
4196 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
4197 information back, even if the server loses state.
4198
4199 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
4200 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
4201 PoolSize=.
4202
4203 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
4204 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
4205 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
4206 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
4207
4208 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
4209 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
4210 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
4211 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
4212 'dbus-daemon' systems.
4213
4214 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
4215 for virtio devices.
4216
4217 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
4218 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
4219 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
4220 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
4221 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
4222 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
4223 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
4224 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
4225 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
4226 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
4227 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
4228 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
4229 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
4230 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
4231 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
4232 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
4233 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
4234 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
4235 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
4236 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
4237 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
4238 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
4239 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
4240 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
4241 grants them.
4242
4243 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
4244 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
4245 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
4246 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
4247 group tree.
4248
4249 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
4250 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
4251 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
4252 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
4253 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
4254 work correctly in containers now.
4255
4256 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
4257 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
4258
4259 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
4260 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
4261 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
4262 function call is particularly useful when implementing
4263 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
4264
4265 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
4266 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
4267 signal events.
4268
4269 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
4270 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
4271 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
4272 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
4273
4274 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
4275 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
4276 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
4277 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
4278 nspawn command line.
4279
4280 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
4281 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
4282 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4283 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
4284 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
4285 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
4286 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4287 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
4288
4289 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
4290
4291 CHANGES WITH 225:
4292
4293 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
4294 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
4295 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
4296 shell directly without prompting for username or
4297 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
4298 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4299 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4300 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4301 the originating session.
4302
4303 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4304 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4305
4306 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4307 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4308 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4309 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4310 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4311 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4312 probably not stabilize on this release.
4313
4314 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4315 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4316 messages.
4317
4318 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4319 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4320 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4321
4322 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4323 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4324
4325 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4326 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4327 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4328 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4329 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4330 posteriori.
4331
4332 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4333 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4334
4335 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4336 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4337 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4338 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4339 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4340 "lastlog" tools.
4341
4342 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4343 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4344 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4345 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4346 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4347
4348 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4349 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4350 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4351 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4352 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4353 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4354 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4355 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4356 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4357 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4358 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4359 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4360
4361 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4362
4363 CHANGES WITH 224:
4364
4365 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4366 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4367
4368 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4369 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4370 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4371
4372 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4373 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4374 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4375
4376 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4377
4378 CHANGES WITH 223:
4379
4380 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4381 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4382 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4383 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4384
4385 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4386 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4387
4388 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4389 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4390
4391 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4392
4393 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4394 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4395 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4396
4397 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4398 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4399 decapsulated packet.
4400
4401 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4402 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4403 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4404 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4405 netlink attribute.
4406
4407 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4408 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4409 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4410 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4411
4412 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4413 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4414 according to RFC2460.
4415
4416 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4417 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4418
4419 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4420 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4421 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4422
4423 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4424 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4425 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4426 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4427 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4428 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4429
4430 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4431 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4432 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4433 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4434 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4435 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4436 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4437 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4438 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4439 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4440
4441 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4442
4443 CHANGES WITH 222:
4444
4445 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4446 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4447 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4448
4449 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4450 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4451
4452 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4453 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4454 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4455 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4456 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4457
4458 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4459 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4460 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4461
4462 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4463 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4464 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4465 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4466 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4467
4468 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4469
4470 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4471 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4472 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4473 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4474 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4475 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4476 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4477 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4478 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4479 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4480
4481 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4482
4483 CHANGES WITH 221:
4484
4485 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4486 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4487 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4488 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4489 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4490 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4491 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4492 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4493 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4494 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4495 portable to other kernels.
4496
4497 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4498 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4499 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4500 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4501 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4502 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4503 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4504 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4505 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4506 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4507 systemd enabled.
4508
4509 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4510 2.26.
4511
4512 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4513 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4514 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4515 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4516 in README for details.
4517
4518 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4519 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4520 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4521 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4522 unit.
4523
4524 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4525 into man pages.
4526
4527 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4528 external project.
4529
4530 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4531 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4532
4533 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4534 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4535 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4536 state.
4537
4538 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4539 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4540 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4541
4542 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4543 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4544 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4545 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4546 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4547 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4548 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4549 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4550 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4551 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4552 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4553 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4554 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4555 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4556 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4557 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4558
4559 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4560
4561 CHANGES WITH 220:
4562
4563 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4564 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4565 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4566 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4567 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4568 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4569 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4570 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4571
4572 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4573 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4574 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4575 service consumed). This value is only available if
4576 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4577 in the "systemctl status" output.
4578
4579 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4580 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4581 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4582 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4583 previously was already the default behaviour).
4584
4585 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4586 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4587 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4588
4589 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4590 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4591 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4592 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4593
4594 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4595 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4596 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4597 journalling file systems that support external journal
4598 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4599 systems to be mounted.
4600
4601 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4602 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4603 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4604 stable release this should not be problematic.
4605
4606 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4607 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4608 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4609 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4610 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4611
4612 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4613 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4614 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4615 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4616 network switches.
4617
4618 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4619 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4620
4621 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4622 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4623 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4624
4625 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4626
4627 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4628 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4629 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4630 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4631 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4632 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4633 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4634 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4635 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4636 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4637 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4638 been fixed in v220.
4639
4640 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4641 systemd-networkd.
4642
4643 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4644 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4645 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4646 containers started from the command line.
4647
4648 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4649 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4650
4651 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4652 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4653 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4654 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4655
4656 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4657 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4658 when shutting down.
4659
4660 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4661 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4662 overlayfs support.
4663
4664 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4665 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4666 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4667 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4668 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4669 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4670 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4671
4672 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4673 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4674 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4675
4676 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4677 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4678 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4679 of v1 as before).
4680
4681 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4682 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4683
4684 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4685 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4686 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4687 without further privileges or authorization.
4688
4689 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4690 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4691 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4692 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4693 accessible via a bus interface.
4694
4695 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4696 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4697 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4698 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4699 to cover this functionality.
4700
4701 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4702 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4703 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4704 disabled/masked also stopped.
4705
4706 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4707 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4708 updated to support systemd-boot.
4709
4710 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4711 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4712 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4713 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4714 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
4715 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
4716 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4717 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4718 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4719
4720 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4721 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4722 system.
4723
4724 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4725 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4726 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4727 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4728 device symlinks.
4729
4730 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4731 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4732 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4733 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4734
4735 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4736 stick devices has been added.
4737
4738 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4739 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4740
4741 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4742 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4743 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4744 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4745 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4746
4747 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4748 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4749 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4750
4751 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4752 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4753 Debian.
4754
4755 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4756 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4757 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4758
4759 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4760 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4761 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4762 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4763 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4764 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4765 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4766 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4767 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4768 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4769 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4770 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4771 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4772 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4773 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4774 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4775 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4776 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4777 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4778 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4779 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4780 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4781 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4782 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4783 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4784 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4785 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4786
4787 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
4788
4789 CHANGES WITH 219:
4790
4791 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4792 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4793 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4794 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4795 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4796 interface with and update the database.
4797
4798 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4799 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4800 before bytewise copying is done.
4801
4802 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4803 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4804 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4805 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4806 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4807 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4808 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4809 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4810 available on btrfs file systems.
4811
4812 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4813 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
4814 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
4815 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4816 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4817 systems.
4818
4819 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4820 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4821 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4822 mount point remains.
4823
4824 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4825 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4826 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4827 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4828 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4829 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4830 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4831 are disabled.
4832
4833 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4834 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4835 container to the host or vice versa.
4836
4837 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4838 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4839 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4840
4841 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4842 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4843
4844 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4845 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4846 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4847 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4848 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4849 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4850 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4851 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4852 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4853 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4854 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4855 make the functionality of importd available to the
4856 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4857 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4858 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4859 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4860 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4861 only fully supported on btrfs.
4862
4863 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4864 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4865 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4866 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4867 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4868 information about images.
4869
4870 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4871 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4872 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4873 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4874 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4875 legacy file systems).
4876
4877 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4878 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4879 shown in networkctl output.
4880
4881 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4882 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4883 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4884 processes as system services while interactively
4885 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4886 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4887 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4888 full login session, the difference being that the former
4889 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4890 setup.
4891
4892 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4893 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4894 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4895 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4896 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4897
4898 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4899 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4900 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4901 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4902 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4903 via qemu/kvm.
4904
4905 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4906 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4907 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4908 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4909 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4910 disk images, too.
4911
4912 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4913 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4914 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4915 integrate with that.
4916
4917 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4918 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4919 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4920 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4921
4922 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4923 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4924 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4925
4926 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4927 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4928 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4929 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4930 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4931 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4932 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4933 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4934 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4935 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4936
4937 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4938 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4939 files.
4940
4941 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4942 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4943 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4944 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4945 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4946 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4947 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4948 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4949 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4950 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4951 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4952 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4953 explicitly turned on.
4954
4955 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4956 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4957 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4958 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4959
4960 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4961 supported.
4962
4963 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4964 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4965 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4966 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4967 associated with a virtual machine or container
4968 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4969 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4970 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4971 output however.)
4972
4973 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4974 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4975 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4976 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4977 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4978 caller's session/user.
4979
4980 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4981 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4982 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4983 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4984 user services.
4985
4986 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4987 same way as unit files.
4988
4989 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4990 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4991 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4992 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4993 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4994 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4995 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4996 the host.
4997
4998 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4999 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
5000 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
5001 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
5002 the host as if their services were running directly on the
5003 host.
5004
5005 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
5006 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
5007 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
5008 updated to make use of it too by default.
5009
5010 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
5011 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
5012 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
5013 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
5014
5015 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
5016 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
5017 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
5018 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
5019 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
5020 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
5021 modification.
5022
5023 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
5024 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
5025 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
5026 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
5027 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
5028 information about Touchpad types.
5029
5030 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
5031 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
5032
5033 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
5034 Policy link field.
5035
5036 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
5037 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
5038
5039 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
5040 ACLs on files.
5041
5042 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
5043 tmpfs, automatically.
5044
5045 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
5046 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
5047 status" output, if available.
5048
5049 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
5050 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
5051 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
5052 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
5053 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
5054 run on next reboot.
5055
5056 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
5057 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
5058 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
5059 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
5060 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
5061 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
5062 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
5063
5064 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
5065 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
5066 after a configurable timeout.
5067
5068 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
5069 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
5070 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
5071 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
5072 it non-idle.
5073
5074 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
5075 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
5076
5077 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
5078 each .network interface in networkd.
5079
5080 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
5081 in .network files.
5082
5083 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
5084 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
5085
5086 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
5087 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
5088 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
5089 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
5090 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
5091 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
5092 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
5093 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
5094 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
5095 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
5096 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
5097 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5098 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
5099 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
5100 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
5101 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
5102 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
5103 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
5104 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
5105 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5106 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
5107 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
5108 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
5109 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5110
5111 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
5112
5113 CHANGES WITH 218:
5114
5115 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
5116 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
5117 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
5118 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
5119
5120 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
5121 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
5122 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
5123 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
5124 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
5125
5126 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
5127
5128 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
5129 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
5130 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
5131 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
5132 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
5133 modified configuration after editing.
5134
5135 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
5136 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
5137 system preset files.
5138
5139 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
5140 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
5141 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
5142 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
5143 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
5144 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
5145 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
5146 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
5147 other contexts.
5148
5149 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
5150 inhibitors.
5151
5152 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
5153 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
5154 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
5155 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
5156 managers.
5157
5158 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
5159 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
5160 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
5161 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
5162 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
5163 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
5164 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
5165 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
5166 parallel to journald.
5167
5168 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
5169 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
5170 available.
5171
5172 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
5173 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
5174 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
5175 or are not older than the specified time.
5176
5177 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
5178 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
5179 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
5180 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
5181
5182 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
5183 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
5184 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
5185 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
5186 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
5187 communication.
5188
5189 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
5190 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
5191 services.
5192
5193 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
5194 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
5195 including their signature and values. This is particularly
5196 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
5197 the new "busctl tree" command.
5198
5199 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
5200 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
5201 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
5202 friendly way.
5203
5204 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
5205 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
5206 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
5207 race-ful way.
5208
5209 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
5210 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
5211 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
5212 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
5213 --link-journal=try-guest.
5214
5215 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
5216 stable MAC addresses.
5217
5218 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
5219 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
5220 the respective unit shall use.
5221
5222 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
5223 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
5224 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
5225 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
5226
5227 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
5228 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
5229 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
5230 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
5231 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
5232 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
5233
5234 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
5235 details see:
5236
5237 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
5238
5239 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
5240 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
5241 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
5242 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
5243 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
5244 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
5245 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
5246 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
5247 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
5248 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
5249 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
5250 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
5251
5252 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
5253 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
5254 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
5255 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
5256 bluetooth, ...) is used.
5257
5258 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
5259 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
5260 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
5261 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
5262 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
5263 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
5264 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
5265 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
5266
5267 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
5268 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
5269 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
5270 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
5271 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
5272 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
5273 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
5274 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
5275 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
5276 interface.
5277
5278 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
5279 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
5280 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
5281 luks.name= argument.
5282
5283 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
5284 (this was previously already available for scope and service
5285 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
5286 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
5287 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
5288 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
5289
5290 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
5291 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
5292 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
5293
5294 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
5295 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
5296 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5297 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
5298 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5299 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5300 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5301 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5302 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5303 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5304 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5305 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5306 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5307 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5308 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5309 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5310 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5311 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5312
5313 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5314
5315 CHANGES WITH 217:
5316
5317 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5318 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5319 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5320 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5321
5322 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5323 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5324 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5325 now waits until the operation is complete.
5326
5327 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5328 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5329 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5330 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5331 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5332 connection.
5333
5334 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5335 commands anymore.
5336
5337 * User units are now loaded also from
5338 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5339 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5340 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5341
5342 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5343 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5344 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5345 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5346 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5347 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5348 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5349 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5350 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5351 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5352 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5353 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5354 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5355 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5356 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5357 question.
5358
5359 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5360 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5361 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5362
5363 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5364 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5365 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5366 command line to trigger resume.
5367
5368 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5369 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5370 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5371 Desktop=systemd-console.
5372
5373 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5374 systemd-networkd.
5375
5376 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5377 from the information provided by the networking stack
5378 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5379
5380 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5381 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5382
5383 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5384 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5385 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5386
5387 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5388
5389 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5390 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5391 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5392 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5393 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5394 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5395
5396 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5397 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5398 respected.
5399
5400 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5401 virtualization.
5402
5403 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5404 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5405 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5406 on.
5407
5408 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5409
5410 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5411
5412 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5413 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5414 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5415 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5416 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5417 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5418 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5419
5420 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5421 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5422 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5423 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5424 from the service's view entirely.
5425
5426 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5427 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5428
5429 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5430 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5431 session.
5432
5433 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5434 legacy-free systems.
5435
5436 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5437 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5438 easily.
5439
5440 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5441 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5442 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5443 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5444 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5445 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5446 option.
5447
5448 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5449 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5450 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5451 /usr.
5452
5453 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5454 services, not only the main process.
5455
5456 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5457 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5458 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5459 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5460 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5461
5462 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5463 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5464 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5465 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5466 directly from now on, again.
5467
5468 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5469 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5470 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5471 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5472 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5473 enabling and disabling.
5474
5475 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5476 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5477 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5478 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5479 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5480 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5481 unnecessary or unlikely.
5482
5483 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5484 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5485 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5486 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5487
5488 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5489 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5490 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5491 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5492 overwritten at runtime.
5493
5494 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5495 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5496 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5497 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5498 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5499 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5500 segmentation fault.
5501
5502 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5503 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5504 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5505 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5506 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5507 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5508 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5509 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5510 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5511 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5512 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5513 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5514 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5515 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5516 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5517 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5518 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5519 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5520 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5521 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5522 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5523 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5524
5525 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5526
5527 CHANGES WITH 216:
5528
5529 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5530 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5531 implementations should add a
5532
5533 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5534
5535 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5536 default functionality.
5537
5538 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5539 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5540 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5541 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5542 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5543 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5544 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5545 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5546 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5547 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5548 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5549 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5550 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5551
5552 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5553 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5554 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5555 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5556 added eventually, too.
5557
5558 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5559 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5560 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5561 new command to update these fields.
5562
5563 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5564 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5565 have been discovered via DHCP.
5566
5567 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5568 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5569 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5570 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5571 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5572 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5573 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5574 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5575 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5576 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5577 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5578 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5579 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5580 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5581 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5582 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5583 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5584 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5585 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5586 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5587
5588 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5589 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5590 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5591
5592 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5593 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5594 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5595 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5596 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5597 control utility for networkd.
5598
5599 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5600 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5601 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5602 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5603 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5604 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5605 (NoDelay=).
5606
5607 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5608 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5609
5610 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5611 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5612 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5613 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5614 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5615 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5616
5617 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5618 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5619 of the link.
5620
5621 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5622 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5623
5624 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5625 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5626
5627 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5628 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5629 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5630 for DHCP.
5631
5632 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5633 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5634 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5635 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5636 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5637 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5638 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5639 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5640
5641 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5642 validation of unit files.
5643
5644 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5645 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5646 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5647 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5648 address may now be configured.
5649
5650 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5651 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5652 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5653 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5654
5655 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5656 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5657
5658 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5659 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5660 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5661 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5662
5663 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5664 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5665 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5666 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5667 implementation.
5668
5669 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5670 journal data to a remote system running
5671 systemd-journal-remote.
5672
5673 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5674 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5675 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5676 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5677 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5678 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5679 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5680 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5681 version, you have to turn this option on again
5682 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5683
5684 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5685 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5686 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5687
5688 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5689 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5690
5691 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5692 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5693
5694 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5695 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5696 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5697
5698 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5699 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5700 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5701 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5702 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5703
5704 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5705
5706 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5707
5708 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5709 when primary addresses are removed.
5710
5711 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5712 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5713 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5714 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5715 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5716 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5717 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5718 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5719 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5720 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5721 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5722 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5723 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5724 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5725 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5726
5727 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
5728
5729 CHANGES WITH 215:
5730
5731 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5732 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5733 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5734 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5735 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5736 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5737 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5738 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5739 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5740 require.
5741
5742 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5743 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5744
5745 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5746 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5747 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5748 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5749 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5750 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5751 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5752
5753 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5754 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5755 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5756 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5757 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5758 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5759 update or reset should use this condition and order
5760 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5761 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5762 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5763 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5764 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5765 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5766 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
5767 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
5768 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5769
5770 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5771
5772 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5773 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5774 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
5775 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5776
5777 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5778 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5779 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5780 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5781 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5782 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5783 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
5784 .network files using settings of this section should be
5785 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5786 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
5787
5788 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5789 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
5790
5791 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5792 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5793 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5794 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5795 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5796 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5797 of nspawn instances.
5798
5799 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5800 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5801 added.
5802
5803 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5804 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5805 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5806 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5807 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5808 configuration stored in /etc.
5809
5810 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5811 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5812 parsing of unknown mount options.
5813
5814 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5815 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5816 it already exist and not already be the correct
5817 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
5818 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5819 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5820 pre-existing files of different types.
5821
5822 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5823 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
5824 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
5825 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5826 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5827 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5828 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5829
5830 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5831 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5832 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5833 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5834 shall be executed.
5835
5836 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5837 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
5838 example whether it is fully up and running.
5839
5840 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5841 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5842 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5843 reset.
5844
5845 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5846 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5847
5848 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5849 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5850 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5851
5852 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5853 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5854 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5855
5856 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5857 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5858 access to this group.
5859
5860 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5861 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5862 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5863 to the journal.
5864
5865 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5866 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5867 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5868 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5869 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5870 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5871
5872 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5873 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5874 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5875 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5876 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5877 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5878 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5879 the old name to the new name.
5880
5881 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5882 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5883 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5884
5885 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5886 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5887 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5888 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5889 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5890 "systemd-debug-generator".
5891
5892 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5893 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5894 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5895 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5896 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5897 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5898 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5899 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5900 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5901 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5902 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5903
5904 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5905 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5906 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5907 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5908 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5909 machine and user.
5910
5911 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5912 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5913 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5914 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5915 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5916
5917 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5918 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5919 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5920 couple of drop-in directories.
5921
5922 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5923 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5924 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5925 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5926 for dev_port.
5927
5928 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5929 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5930 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5931 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5932
5933 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5934 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5935 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5936 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5937 Restart= setting.
5938
5939 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5940 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5941 directly connect to a specific container on the
5942 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5943 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5944 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5945 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5946 containers is a privileged operation.
5947
5948 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5949 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5950 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5951 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5952 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5953 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5954 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5955 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5956 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5957 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5958 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5959 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5960
5961 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5962
5963 CHANGES WITH 214:
5964
5965 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5966 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5967 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5968 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5969 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5970 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5971 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5972 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5973 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5974 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5975 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5976 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5977 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5978 devices are excluded from this logic.
5979
5980 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5981 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5982 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5983 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5984 change has been released.
5985
5986 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5987 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5988 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5989
5990 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5991 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5992 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5993 with fewer privileges.
5994
5995 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5996 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5997 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5998 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5999
6000 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
6001 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
6002
6003 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
6004 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
6005
6006 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
6007 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
6008 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
6009
6010 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
6011 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
6012 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
6013 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
6014 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
6015 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
6016
6017 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
6018 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
6019 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
6020
6021 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
6022 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
6023 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
6024 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
6025 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
6026 modifications of user data or system files from
6027 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
6028 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
6029
6030 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
6031 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
6032 and FIFOs in the file system.
6033
6034 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
6035 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
6036 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
6037
6038 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
6039 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
6040 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
6041 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
6042 the socket itself.
6043
6044 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
6045 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
6046 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
6047 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
6048 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
6049 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
6050 symlinks, and nothing else.
6051
6052 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
6053 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
6054 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
6055 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
6056 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
6057 process (for example, the parent process). The
6058 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
6059 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
6060 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
6061 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
6062 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
6063 messages to services when the originating process already
6064 vanished.
6065
6066 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
6067 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
6068 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
6069 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
6070 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
6071 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
6072 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
6073 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
6074 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
6075 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
6076 all long-running services.
6077
6078 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
6079 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
6080 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
6081 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
6082 service.
6083
6084 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
6085 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
6086 applied to all submounts, too.
6087
6088 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
6089
6090 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
6091 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
6092 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
6093 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
6094 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
6095 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
6096 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
6097
6098 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
6099 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
6100 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
6101 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
6102 (domU) domains.
6103
6104 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
6105 files or entire directories.
6106
6107 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
6108 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
6109 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
6110 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
6111 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
6112
6113 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
6114 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
6115 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
6116 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
6117 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
6118 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
6119 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
6120 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
6121 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
6122 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
6123 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
6124 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
6125
6126 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
6127 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
6128 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
6129 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
6130
6131 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
6132 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
6133 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
6134 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
6135 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
6136 non-directories.
6137
6138 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
6139 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
6140 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
6141
6142 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
6143 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
6144 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
6145 this group.
6146
6147 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
6148 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
6149 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
6150 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
6151 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6152 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
6153 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6154
6155 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
6156
6157 CHANGES WITH 213:
6158
6159 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
6160 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6161 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
6162 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6163 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
6164 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
6165 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6166 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
6167 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6168 client should be more than appropriate for most
6169 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
6170 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
6171 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
6172 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
6173 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
6174 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6175 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
6176 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
6177 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
6178 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
6179 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6180
6181 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
6182 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6183 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
6184 part of a different namespace.
6185
6186 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
6187 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
6188 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
6189 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6190
6191 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
6192 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
6193 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6194
6195 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
6196 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
6197 when a service fails. This works similarly to
6198 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6199 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
6200 restart the service in question.
6201
6202 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
6203 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
6204 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
6205 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
6206 details when running non-locally.
6207
6208 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
6209 graphs it generates.
6210
6211 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
6212 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
6213 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
6214 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
6215 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
6216
6217 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
6218
6219 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
6220 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
6221 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
6222 what it was on SysV systems.
6223
6224 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
6225 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
6226
6227 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
6228 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
6229 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
6230 files.
6231
6232 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
6233 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
6234 to show these addresses in its output.
6235
6236 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
6237 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
6238 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
6239 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
6240 preferred over a text one.
6241
6242 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
6243 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
6244 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
6245 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
6246 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
6247 mDNS cache.
6248
6249 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
6250 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
6251 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
6252 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
6253 of network configuration performed in some other way.
6254
6255 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
6256 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6257 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
6258 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6259 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
6260
6261 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
6262 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
6263 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
6264 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
6265 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
6266 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
6267 overrides any other settings.
6268
6269 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6270 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6271 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
6272 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
6273 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
6274 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
6275 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
6276 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
6277 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6278 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6279 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
6280 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
6281 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
6282 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
6283 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
6284 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6285 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6286
6287 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6288
6289 CHANGES WITH 212:
6290
6291 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
6292 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
6293 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
6294 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
6295 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
6296 by accident.
6297
6298 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6299 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6300 registered with machined.
6301
6302 * sd-login gained new calls
6303 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6304 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6305 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6306 counterparts.
6307
6308 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6309 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6310 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6311 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6312 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6313 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6314 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6315 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6316 once.
6317
6318 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6319 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6320 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6321
6322 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6323 units on all local containers, when used with the
6324 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6325 executed when no parameters are specified).
6326
6327 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6328 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6329 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6330 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6331
6332 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6333 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6334 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6335 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6336 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6337 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6338
6339 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6340 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6341 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6342 of the container.
6343
6344 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6345 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6346 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6347 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6348 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6349 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
6350 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6351 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6352
6353 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6354 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6355 instead of /.
6356
6357 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6358 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6359 emergency messages now.
6360
6361 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6362 journal log messages across the network.
6363
6364 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6365 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6366 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6367 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6368 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6369 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6370 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6371
6372 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6373 down a local OS container.
6374
6375 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6376 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6377 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6378
6379 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6380 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6381 this is appropriate.
6382
6383 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6384 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6385 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6386
6387 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6388 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6389 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6390 for debugging purposes.
6391
6392 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6393 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6394 in seconds.
6395
6396 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6397 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6398 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6399 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6400 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6401 like on traditional inetd.
6402
6403 * A new system.conf configuration option
6404 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6405 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6406
6407 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6408 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6409 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6410 do these days).
6411
6412 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6413 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6414 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6415 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6416 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6417 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6418
6419 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6420 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6421 it will be triggered.
6422
6423 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6424 addresses to its local interfaces.
6425
6426 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6427 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6428 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6429 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6430 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6431 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6432 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6433 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6434 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6435
6436 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6437
6438 CHANGES WITH 211:
6439
6440 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6441 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6442 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6443 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6444 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6445 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6446
6447 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6448 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6449 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6450 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6451 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6452 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6453 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6454 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6455 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6456
6457 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6458 matching against device group names.
6459
6460 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6461 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6462 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6463 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6464 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6465 though.
6466
6467 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6468 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6469 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6470 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6471 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6472 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6473 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6474 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6475 systems prepared appropriately.
6476
6477 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6478 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6479 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6480 (see above). This means that installations made with
6481 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6482 deployed using container managers, completely
6483 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6484 this feature soon, too.)
6485
6486 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6487 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6488 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6489 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6490
6491 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6492 using IPv4LL.
6493
6494 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6495 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6496 systemd-networkd.
6497
6498 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6499 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6500 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6501 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6502 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6503
6504 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6505 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6506 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6507 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6508 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6509 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6510 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6511 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6512 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6513 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6514 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6515 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6516 users.
6517
6518 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6519 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6520 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6521 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6522 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6523 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6524 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6525 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6526 due to a closed lid.
6527
6528 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6529 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6530 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6531 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6532 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6533 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6534
6535 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6536 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6537 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6538 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6539 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6540
6541 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6542 now also work in --scope mode.
6543
6544 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6545 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6546 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6547 promises are made.)
6548
6549 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6550 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6551 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6552 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6553 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6554 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6555 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6556 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6557 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6558 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6559
6560 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6561
6562 CHANGES WITH 210:
6563
6564 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6565 according to SMACK rules.
6566
6567 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6568 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6569
6570 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6571 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6572 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6573
6574 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6575 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6576 and machine ID.
6577
6578 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6579 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6580 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6581 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6582 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6583 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6584 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6585 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6586 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6587 backpack or similar.
6588
6589 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6590 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6591 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6592 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6593 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6594 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6595 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6596 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6597 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6598 this on its own.
6599
6600 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6601 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6602 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6603 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6604
6605 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6606 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6607 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6608 --network-bridge= switches.
6609
6610 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6611 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6612 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6613 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6614 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6615 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6616 each configuration option.
6617
6618 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6619 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6620 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6621 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6622 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6623
6624 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6625 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6626 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6627 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6628 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6629
6630 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6631 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6632 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6633 default however.
6634
6635 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6636 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6637 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6638 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6639 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6640 them with systemd-networkd.
6641
6642 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6643 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6644 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6645 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6646 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6647 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6648 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6649 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6650 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6651 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6652 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6653 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6654 during a transitional period!
6655
6656 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
6657 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
6658
6659 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6660 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6661 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6662 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6663 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6664 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6665 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6666 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6667
6668 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6669
6670 CHANGES WITH 209:
6671
6672 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6673 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6674 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6675 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6676 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6677 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6678 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6679 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6680 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6681 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6682 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6683 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6684
6685 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6686 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6687 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6688 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6689 machines and the like.
6690
6691 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6692 shutdown/boot.
6693
6694 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6695 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6696
6697 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6698 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6699 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6700 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6701
6702 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6703 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6704 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6705 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6706 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6707 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6708
6709 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6710 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6711 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6712 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6713 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6714 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6715 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6716 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
6717 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
6718
6719 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
6720 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
6721
6722 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6723 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6724 implementation.
6725
6726 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
6727 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
6728 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6729 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6730 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6731 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6732 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6733 and .service units.
6734
6735 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6736 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6737 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6738
6739 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
6740 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
6741 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
6742 nothing makes use of it.
6743
6744 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6745 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6746 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6747
6748 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6749 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6750 compatibility purposes.
6751
6752 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6753 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6754 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
6755 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
6756 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6757 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6758 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6759 process handling.
6760
6761 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6762 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6763 style to "sd-bus.h".
6764
6765 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6766 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
6767 "systemd-networkd".
6768
6769 * There is a new kernel command line option
6770 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6771 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6772 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6773 are not restored.
6774
6775 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6776 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6777 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6778 PID1's support for that anymore.
6779
6780 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
6781 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6782
6783 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6784 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6785 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6786 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6787 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6788 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6789
6790 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
6791 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
6792 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6793 onto remote systems.
6794
6795 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6796 login in any local container. This works with any container
6797 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
6798 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
6799
6800 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6801 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6802 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6803 system of some kind.
6804
6805 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6806 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6807 next.
6808
6809 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6810 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6811 reboot() system call.
6812
6813 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6814 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
6815 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
6816 still available but not advertised anymore.
6817
6818 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6819 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
6820 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
6821 within each Unit.
6822
6823 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6824 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
6825 the kernel).
6826
6827 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
6828 timestamps (following the setting in
6829 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
6830
6831 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6832 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6833
6834 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6835 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6836
6837 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6838 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6839 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6840
6841 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6842 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
6843 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6844 the full configuration is shown.
6845
6846 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6847 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
6848 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6849
6850 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
6851
6852 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6853 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6854
6855 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6856 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6857 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6858 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6859
6860 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6861 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6862 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6863 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6864
6865 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6866 of the legend text.
6867
6868 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6869 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6870 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6871 remote sessions.
6872
6873 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6874 information of SDIO devices.
6875
6876 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6877 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6878 the system manager.
6879
6880 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6881 short description of the connection parameters in the
6882 description.
6883
6884 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6885 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6886 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6887 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6888 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6889 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6890 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6891
6892 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6893 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6894 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6895 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6896 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6897 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6898 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6899 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6900 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6901
6902 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6903 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6904 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6905 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6906 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6907 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6908 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6909 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6910 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6911 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6912 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6913 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6914 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6915 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6916 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6917 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6918 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6919 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6920 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6921 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6922 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6923 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6924 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6925
6926 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6927 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6928 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6929 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6930 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6931 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6932 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6933 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6934 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6935 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6936 APIs.
6937
6938 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6939 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6940 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6941 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6942 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6943 declare the APIs stable.
6944
6945 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6946 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6947 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6948 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6949 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6950 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6951 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6952 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6953 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6954 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6955 one of them is updated.
6956
6957 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6958 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6959 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6960 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6961 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6962
6963 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6964 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6965 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6966 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6967 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6968 entry points.
6969
6970 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6971 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6972 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6973 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6974 been disabled at compile-time.
6975
6976 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6977 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6978 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6979 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6980
6981 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6982 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6983 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6984
6985 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6986 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6987 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6988
6989 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6990 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6991 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6992
6993 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6994 remains until jobs expire.
6995
6996 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6997 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6998 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6999 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
7000 all remaining processes of the service.
7001
7002 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
7003 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
7004 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
7005 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
7006 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
7007 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
7008 manager process which created them takes no further
7009 responsibilities for it.
7010
7011 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
7012 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
7013 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
7014 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
7015 marked executable or world-writable.
7016
7017 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
7018 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
7019 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
7020 "--setenv=" for consistency.
7021
7022 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
7023 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
7024 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
7025 independent of the host.
7026
7027 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
7028 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
7029 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
7030 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
7031
7032 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
7033 with specific SELinux labels set.
7034
7035 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
7036 any additional output but the container's own console
7037 output.
7038
7039 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
7040 container without PID namespacing enabled.
7041
7042 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
7043 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
7044 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
7045 OS images, but only specific apps.
7046
7047 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
7048 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
7049 results in registration of the unit service itself in
7050 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
7051
7052 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
7053 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
7054 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
7055 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
7056 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
7057 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
7058
7059 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
7060 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
7061 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
7062 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
7063 units to use.
7064
7065 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
7066 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
7067 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
7068 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
7069
7070 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
7071 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
7072 context for a service.
7073
7074 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
7075 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
7076 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
7077 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
7078 influence this logic.
7079
7080 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
7081 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
7082 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
7083 other things.
7084
7085 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
7086 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
7087 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
7088 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
7089 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
7090 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
7091 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
7092 architectures). There is also a global
7093 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
7094 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
7095
7096 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
7097 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
7098
7099 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
7100 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
7101 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7102 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
7103 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
7104 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
7105 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
7106 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
7107 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7108 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
7109 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
7110 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7111 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7112 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
7113 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7114 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
7115 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
7116 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
7117 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
7118 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
7119 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7120 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
7121 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
7122 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7123
7124 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
7125
7126 CHANGES WITH 208:
7127
7128 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
7129 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
7130 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
7131 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
7132 access input and drm devices which are normally
7133 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
7134 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
7135 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
7136 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
7137 session switching without allowing background sessions to
7138 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
7139 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
7140 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
7141
7142 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
7143 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
7144 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
7145
7146 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
7147 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
7148 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
7149 kernel version number.
7150
7151 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
7152 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
7153 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
7154
7155 * This release removes high-level support for the
7156 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
7157 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
7158 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
7159 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
7160
7161 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
7162 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
7163 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
7164 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
7165 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
7166 cgroup system.
7167
7168 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
7169 messages containing the slice a message was generated
7170 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
7171 logs among other things.
7172
7173 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
7174 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
7175 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
7176 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
7177 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
7178 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
7179 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
7180 journald which would be necessary to resolve
7181 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
7182 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
7183 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
7184 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
7185 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
7186 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
7187 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
7188 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
7189 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
7190 not delayed until next reboot.
7191
7192 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
7193 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
7194 systemd generated files in one directory.
7195
7196 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
7197 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
7198 performance information if that's available to determine how
7199 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
7200 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
7201 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
7202
7203 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
7204 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
7205 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
7206 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7207 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
7208 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
7209 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7210
7211 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
7212
7213 CHANGES WITH 207:
7214
7215 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
7216 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
7217 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
7218 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
7219
7220 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
7221 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
7222 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
7223 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
7224 specified on the kernel command line less important.
7225
7226 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
7227 retrieve the VT number of a session.
7228
7229 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
7230 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
7231 maximum number of tries.
7232
7233 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
7234 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
7235 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
7236
7237 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
7238 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
7239
7240 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
7241 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
7242 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
7243
7244 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
7245 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
7246 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
7247
7248 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
7249 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
7250 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
7251 and type).
7252
7253 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
7254 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
7255
7256 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
7257 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
7258 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
7259 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
7260
7261 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
7262 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
7263 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
7264 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
7265 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
7266 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
7267 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
7268 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
7269
7270 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
7271 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
7272 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
7273 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
7274
7275 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
7276 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
7277 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
7278 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
7279 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
7280 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
7281 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
7282
7283 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
7284 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
7285
7286 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
7287 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
7288 automatically after the process terminated.
7289
7290 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
7291 certain paths from operation.
7292
7293 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
7294 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
7295 is received.
7296
7297 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
7298 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7299 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7300 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7301 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7302 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7303 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7304 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7305 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7306 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7307 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7308 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7309 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7310
7311 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7312
7313 CHANGES WITH 206:
7314
7315 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7316 concepts introduced with 205.
7317
7318 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7319 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7320 -r".
7321
7322 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7323 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7324 --state= parameter.
7325
7326 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7327 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7328 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7329 the journal.
7330
7331 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7332 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7333 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7334
7335 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7336 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7337 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7338 browsing logs from that point on.
7339
7340 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7341 of an FSS key.
7342
7343 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7344 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7345 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7346 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7347 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7348 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7349 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7350 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7351 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7352 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7353 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7354 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7355 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7356 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7357
7358 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7359 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7360 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7361 backing module right-away.
7362
7363 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7364 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7365
7366 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7367 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7368
7369 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7370 set of processes in the message metadata.
7371
7372 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7373
7374 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7375 support for passing performance data via environment
7376 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7377 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7378 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7379 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7380 deserialize it again.
7381
7382 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7383 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7384 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7385 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7386
7387 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7388 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7389 completely silent shutdown when used.
7390
7391 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7392 option in .socket units.
7393
7394 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7395 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7396 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7397 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7398 system.slice as before.
7399
7400 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7401
7402 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7403 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7404 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7405 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7406 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7407 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7408 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7409
7410 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7411
7412 CHANGES WITH 205:
7413
7414 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7415
7416 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7417 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7418 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7419 possible for system services and applications to group their
7420 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7421 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7422 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7423
7424 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7425 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7426 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7427 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7428 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7429
7430 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7431 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7432 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7433 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7434
7435 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7436 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7437 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7438 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7439 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7440 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7441 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7442 and useful as a general batch manager.
7443
7444 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7445 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7446 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7447 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7448 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7449 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7450 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7451 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7452 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7453 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7454
7455 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7456 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7457 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7458 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7459 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7460 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7461 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7462 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7463 is compile-time optional.
7464
7465 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7466 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7467 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7468 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7469 well as slice units.
7470
7471 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7472 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7473 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7474 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7475 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7476 command that wraps this call.
7477
7478 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7479 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7480 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7481 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7482 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7483 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7484 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7485
7486 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7487 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7488 off audit.
7489
7490 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7491 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7492
7493 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7494 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7495 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7496 and system logs.
7497
7498 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7499 snippets extending unit files.
7500
7501 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7502 not available as public API.
7503
7504 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7505 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7506 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7507
7508 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7509 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7510 controls what to boot into by default.
7511
7512 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7513 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7514
7515 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7516 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7517 about the unit file loading.
7518
7519 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7520 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7521 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7522 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7523 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7524 racy due to journal file rotation.
7525
7526 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7527 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7528 all services.
7529
7530 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7531 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7532 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7533 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7534 system services want to log events about specific client
7535 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7536 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7537 unit is requested.
7538
7539 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7540 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7541 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7542 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7543 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7544 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7545 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7546 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7547 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7548 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7549 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7550 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7551 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7552
7553 CHANGES WITH 204:
7554
7555 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7556 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7557
7558 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7559 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7560 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7561
7562 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7563 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7564
7565 CHANGES WITH 203:
7566
7567 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7568 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7569
7570 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7571 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7572 fields, including the root directory.
7573
7574 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7575 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7576 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7577 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7578 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7579 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7580 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7581 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7582 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7583 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7584 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7585
7586 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7587 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7588
7589 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7590 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7591
7592 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7593 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7594 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7595 the local hostname.
7596
7597 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7598 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7599 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7600 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7601 VMs/containers coming and going.
7602
7603 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7604 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7605 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7606
7607 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7608 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7609 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7610 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7611
7612 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7613 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7614 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7615
7616 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7617 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7618 services. With the container's root directory in
7619 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7620 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7621
7622 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7623 the processes within a certain container.
7624
7625 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7626 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7627 check though. Patches welcome!
7628
7629 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7630 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7631 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7632 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7633 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7634
7635 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7636 the passed argument if applicable.
7637
7638 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7639 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7640 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7641 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7642 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7643 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7644 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7645 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7646
7647 CHANGES WITH 202:
7648
7649 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7650 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7651 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7652 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7653 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7654 units activate.
7655
7656 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7657 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7658 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7659 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7660 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7661 for now, and not installable.
7662
7663 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7664 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7665 can run in conjunction with udev.
7666
7667 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7668 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7669 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7670 session manager.
7671
7672 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7673 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7674 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7675 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7676 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7677 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7678 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7679 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7680 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7681 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7682 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7683
7684 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7685
7686 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7687 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7688 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7689 logical expressions.
7690
7691 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7692 switches.
7693
7694 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7695 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7696 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7697 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7698 the user.
7699
7700 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7701 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7702 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7703 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7704 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7705 an entry.
7706
7707 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7708 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7709 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7710 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7711 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7712 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7713
7714 CHANGES WITH 201:
7715
7716 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7717 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7718 directory.
7719
7720 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7721 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7722 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7723 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7724 problem.
7725
7726 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7727 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7728 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7729 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7730
7731 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7732 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7733
7734 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7735 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7736 files in this context are files such as
7737 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7738
7739 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7740 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7741 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7742 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7743 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7744 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7745
7746 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7747 hostnames.
7748
7749 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7750 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7751 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7752 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7753 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7754 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7755 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7756 all time-related output of systemd.
7757
7758 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7759 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7760 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7761 loops.
7762
7763 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7764 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7765
7766 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7767 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
7768 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
7769 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7770 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7771
7772 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7773 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7774 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7775 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7776 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7777 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7778 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7779
7780 CHANGES WITH 200:
7781
7782 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7783 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7784 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7785 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7786 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7787 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7788
7789 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7790 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7791 images.
7792
7793 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7794 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7795 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7796
7797 CHANGES WITH 199:
7798
7799 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7800
7801 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7802 security policy.
7803
7804 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7805 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7806 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7807 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7808 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7809 the same service can still access). When a service is
7810 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
7811 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
7812 this though).
7813
7814 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7815 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7816 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7817 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7818 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7819 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7820
7821 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
7822 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
7823
7824 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7825 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7826
7827 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
7828
7829 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
7830 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7831 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7832 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7833 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
7834
7835 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7836 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7837 system is to be mounted.
7838
7839 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7840 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7841 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7842 purpose for socket units.
7843
7844 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7845 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7846
7847 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7848 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
7849 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
7850 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
7851 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7852
7853 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7854 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7855 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7856 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7857 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7858 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7859 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7860 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7861 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7862
7863 CHANGES WITH 198:
7864
7865 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7866 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7867 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7868 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7869 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7870 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7871 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7872 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7873 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7874 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7875 unit files locally: copying the files from
7876 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7877 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7878 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7879 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7880 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7881 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7882 for them too.
7883
7884 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7885 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7886 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7887 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7888 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7889 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7890 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7891 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7892 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7893
7894 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7895 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7896
7897 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7898 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7899 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7900 other users.
7901
7902 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7903 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7904 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7905 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7906 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7907 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7908 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7909 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7910 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7911 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7912 supported.
7913
7914 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7915 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7916 the foreground VT.
7917
7918 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7919 call.
7920
7921 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7922 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7923 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7924 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7925 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7926 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7927 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7928 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7929 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7930 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7931 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7932 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7933 also been removed.
7934
7935 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7936 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7937 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7938 objects themselves.
7939
7940 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7941
7942 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7943 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7944 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7945 to how this is supported in shells.
7946
7947 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7948 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7949 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7950 user systemd instance.
7951
7952 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7953 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7954 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7955 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7956 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7957 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7958 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7959 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7960 one day for good in the kernel.
7961
7962 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7963 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7964 container.
7965
7966 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7967 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7968 the host into the container.
7969
7970 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7971 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7972 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7973 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7974 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7975 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7976
7977 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7978
7979 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7980 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7981 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7982 configured to be mounted there.
7983
7984 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7985 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7986 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7987 system resume events.
7988
7989 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7990 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7991 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7992 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7993
7994 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7995 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7996 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7997 card).
7998
7999 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
8000 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
8001 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
8002
8003 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
8004 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
8005 later "change" event.
8006
8007 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
8008 now carry a message ID.
8009
8010 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
8011 continues to be work in progress.
8012
8013 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
8014 root directory to operate relative to.
8015
8016 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
8017 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
8018 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
8019 times a little.
8020
8021 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
8022 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
8023 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
8024 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
8025 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
8026 request boot into firmware operations.
8027
8028 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
8029 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
8030 correctly in initrds.
8031
8032 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
8033 compile time optional via a configure switch.
8034
8035 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
8036 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
8037
8038 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
8039 the status of all active or failed units.
8040
8041 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
8042 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
8043 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
8044 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
8045 requests more robust.
8046
8047 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
8048 reading journal files.
8049
8050 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
8051 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
8052
8053 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
8054
8055 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
8056 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
8057
8058 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
8059 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
8060 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
8061 socket activation in daemons.
8062
8063 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
8064 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
8065
8066 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
8067 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
8068 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
8069
8070 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
8071 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
8072 system units.
8073
8074 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
8075 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
8076 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
8077
8078 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
8079 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
8080 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
8081 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
8082 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
8083 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
8084 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
8085 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
8086 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
8087 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
8088 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
8089 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
8090 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
8091 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
8092 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
8093 package installation time.
8094
8095 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
8096 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
8097 scripts need to create these system user/group at
8098 installation time.
8099
8100 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
8101 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
8102
8103 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
8104
8105 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
8106 available.
8107
8108 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
8109 load SMACK policies at early boot.
8110
8111 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
8112 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
8113 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
8114 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
8115 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8116 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
8117 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
8118 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
8119 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
8120 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
8121 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
8122 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8123 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
8124 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
8125
8126 CHANGES WITH 197:
8127
8128 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
8129 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
8130 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
8131 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
8132 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
8133 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
8134 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
8135 the supported calendar time specification language see
8136 systemd.time(7).
8137
8138 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
8139 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
8140 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
8141 document for details:
8142
8143 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8144
8145 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
8146 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
8147 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8148 implementations around and minimal in its code and
8149 dependencies.
8150
8151 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
8152 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
8153 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
8154 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
8155 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
8156 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
8157 with a configure switch.
8158
8159 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
8160 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
8161 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
8162 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
8163 such as ext4.
8164
8165 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
8166 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
8167 identities are attached to the devices as well.
8168
8169 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
8170 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
8171
8172 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
8173 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
8174 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
8175 using only core OS tools.
8176
8177 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
8178 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
8179 implementation of socket activated nspawn
8180 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
8181 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
8182 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
8183 eventually.
8184
8185 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
8186 presenting log data.
8187
8188 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
8189 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8190
8191 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
8192 system on idle.
8193
8194 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
8195 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
8196 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
8197 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
8198 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
8199 information if possible.
8200
8201 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
8202 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
8203 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8204
8205 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
8206 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
8207 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
8208 is running on battery power.
8209
8210 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
8211 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
8212 is in the "failed" state.
8213
8214 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
8215 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
8216 environment files at once.
8217
8218 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
8219 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
8220 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
8221 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
8222 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
8223 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
8224 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
8225 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
8226 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
8227 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
8228 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
8229 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
8230 pieces of code locally from the git history.
8231
8232 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
8233 log the unit name in the message meta data.
8234
8235 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
8236 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
8237
8238 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
8239 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
8240 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
8241 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
8242 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
8243 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8244 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
8245 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
8246 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
8247 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
8248 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
8249 shipped from us upstream.
8250
8251 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
8252 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
8253 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
8254 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
8255 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8256 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8257 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
8258 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
8259 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
8260 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
8261 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
8262 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
8263 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8264
8265 CHANGES WITH 196:
8266
8267 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
8268 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
8269 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
8270 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
8271 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
8272 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
8273 becoming the one central database for non-essential
8274 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
8275 database was only attached to select devices, since the
8276 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
8277 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
8278 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
8279 data for all devices where this is available, by
8280 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
8281 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
8282 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
8283 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
8284 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
8285 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
8286
8287 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
8288 indexed database to link up additional information with
8289 journal entries. For further details please check:
8290
8291 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
8292
8293 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
8294 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
8295 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
8296 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
8297 macro for this purpose.
8298
8299 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8300 Python logging framework.
8301
8302 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8303 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8304 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8305 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8306 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8307 time intervals.
8308
8309 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8310 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8311 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8312
8313 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8314 right-away on the selected coredump.
8315
8316 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8317 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8318 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8319
8320 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8321 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8322 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8323 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8324
8325 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8326 default.
8327
8328 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8329 SMACK security label.
8330
8331 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8332 daylight saving change.
8333
8334 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8335 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8336 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8337 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8338 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8339 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8340 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8341
8342 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8343 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8344 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8345 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8346 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8347 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8348 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8349
8350 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8351 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8352
8353 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8354 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8355 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8356 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8357 offline updating tools.
8358
8359 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8360 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8361 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8362 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8363 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8364 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8365
8366 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8367 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8368
8369 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8370 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8371 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8372 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8373 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8374 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8375 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8376 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8377 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8378
8379 CHANGES WITH 195:
8380
8381 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8382 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8383 units via --unit=/-u.
8384
8385 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8386 right thing.
8387
8388 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8389 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8390 rotation.
8391
8392 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8393 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8394 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8395 completion of journalctl has been updated
8396 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8397 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8398
8399 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8400 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8401
8402 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8403 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8404 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8405 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8406 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8407 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8408 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8409 completion.
8410
8411 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8412 extract coredumps from the journal.
8413
8414 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8415 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8416 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8417 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8418 scratch their heads.
8419
8420 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8421 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8422
8423 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8424 in immediate termination of systemd.
8425
8426 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8427 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8428
8429 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8430 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8431 mouse screen support has been added.
8432
8433 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8434 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8435
8436 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8437 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8438 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8439 "systemctl reload".
8440
8441 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8442 -u" instead.
8443
8444 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8445 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8446 configured.
8447
8448 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8449 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8450
8451 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8452 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8453 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8454 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8455 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8456 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8457 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8458
8459 CHANGES WITH 194:
8460
8461 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8462 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8463 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8464 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8465 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8466 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8467 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8468 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8469 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8470 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8471 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8472 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8473
8474 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8475 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8476 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8477
8478 CHANGES WITH 193:
8479
8480 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8481 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8482
8483 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8484 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8485 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8486
8487 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8488 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8489 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8490 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8491 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8492 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8493 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8494
8495 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8496 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8497
8498 This will download the journal contents in a
8499 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8500
8501 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8502
8503 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8504 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8505 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8506 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8507 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8508
8509 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8510
8511 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8512 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8513
8514 CHANGES WITH 192:
8515
8516 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8517 too.
8518
8519 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8520 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8521 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8522 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8523 just start them.
8524
8525 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8526 and line break accordingly.
8527
8528 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8529 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8530
8531 CHANGES WITH 191:
8532
8533 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8534 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8535 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8536 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8537 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8538
8539 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8540 will default to 10 if omitted.
8541
8542 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8543 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8544 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8545 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8546 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8547
8548 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8549 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8550 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8551 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8552 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8553 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8554 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8555
8556 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8557 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8558 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8559 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8560 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8561 into two.
8562
8563 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8564 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8565
8566 CHANGES WITH 190:
8567
8568 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8569 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8570 "systemctl status".
8571
8572 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8573 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8574 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8575 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8576 field.)
8577
8578 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8579 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8580 default.
8581
8582 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8583 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8584 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8585 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8586 in a container.
8587
8588 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8589 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8590 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8591 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8592 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8593 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8594
8595 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8596 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8597 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8598 no-op.
8599
8600 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8601 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8602 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8603 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8604 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8605
8606 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8607 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8608
8609 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8610 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8611 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8612 command.
8613
8614 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8615 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8616 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8617
8618 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8619
8620 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8621 multiple files at once.
8622
8623 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8624 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8625 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8626 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8627 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8628 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8629 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8630
8631 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8632 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8633 now support specifiers as well.
8634
8635 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8636 dir: %_presetdir.
8637
8638 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8639 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8640
8641 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8642 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8643 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8644 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8645 anymore.
8646
8647 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8648 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8649 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8650 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8651
8652 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8653 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8654 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8655
8656 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8657 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8658 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8659 sockets.
8660
8661 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8662 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8663 is changed.
8664
8665 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8666 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8667 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8668 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8669 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8670 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8671 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8672
8673 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8674
8675 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8676 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8677
8678 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8679 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8680
8681 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8682 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8683 (%b).
8684
8685 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8686 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8687 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8688 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8689 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8690 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8691 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8692
8693 CHANGES WITH 189:
8694
8695 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8696 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8697
8698 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8699 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8700 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8701 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8702 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8703 syslog daemons again.
8704
8705 * The libudev API gained the new
8706 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8707
8708 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8709 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8710 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8711 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8712
8713 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8714 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8715 container.
8716
8717 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8718 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8719 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8720 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8721 this explaining it in more detail.
8722
8723 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8724 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8725 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8726 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8727
8728 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8729 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8730 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8731 journal files.
8732
8733 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8734 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8735 as container init process a lot more fun.
8736
8737 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8738 entries.
8739
8740 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8741 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8742 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8743 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8744 different sets of services.
8745
8746 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8747 failure state.
8748
8749 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
8750 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8751 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8752
8753 CHANGES WITH 188:
8754
8755 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8756 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8757 tree a lot more organized.
8758
8759 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8760 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8761
8762 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8763 services.
8764
8765 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8766 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8767 filtering by log level now.
8768
8769 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8770 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8771 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8772
8773 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
8774 command lines involving service unit names.
8775
8776 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8777 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8778
8779 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8780 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8781 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8782
8783 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8784 option.
8785
8786 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8787 a shutdown is cancelled.
8788
8789 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8790 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8791 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8792 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8793 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8794
8795 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8796 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8797 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8798 for display managers instead.
8799
8800 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8801 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8802 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8803 protection, and suchlike.
8804
8805 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8806 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8807 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8808 the service.
8809
8810 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8811 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8812 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8813 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8814 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8815 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8816
8817 CHANGES WITH 187:
8818
8819 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8820 pages.
8821
8822 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8823 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8824 data loss.
8825
8826 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
8827 option.
8828
8829 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8830
8831 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8832 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8833
8834 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8835 specific directory.
8836
8837 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8838 messages of two different boots.
8839
8840 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8841 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8842 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8843
8844 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8845 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8846 disjunctions.
8847
8848 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8849 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8850 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8851
8852 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8853 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8854 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8855
8856 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8857 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8858 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8859 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8860 speed things up a bit.
8861
8862 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8863 header data of journal files.
8864
8865 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8866 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8867 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8868
8869 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8870 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8871 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8872 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8873
8874 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8875
8876 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8877 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8878 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8879 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8880
8881 CHANGES WITH 186:
8882
8883 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8884 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8885 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8886 prefixed with rd.
8887
8888 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8889 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8890
8891 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8892
8893 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8894
8895 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8896
8897 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8898 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8899 as well.
8900
8901 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8902 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8903 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8904
8905 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8906 does the right thing. Example:
8907
8908 udevadm info /dev/sda
8909 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8910
8911 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8912 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8913 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8914 running.
8915
8916 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8917 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8918
8919 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8920 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8921
8922 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8923 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8924 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8925 files.
8926
8927 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8928 be stopped that is not loaded.
8929
8930 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8931
8932 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8933
8934 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8935 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8936 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8937 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8938
8939 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8940 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8941 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8942 completed initialization.
8943
8944 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8945
8946 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8947 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8948 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8949 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8950 distributions.
8951
8952 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8953 always valid when services log to the journal via
8954 STDOUT/STDERR.
8955
8956 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8957 command line options we understand.
8958
8959 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8960 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8961
8962 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8963 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8964
8965 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8966 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8967 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8968 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8969
8970 systemctl status /home
8971 systemctl status /dev/sda
8972
8973 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8974 system.conf parsing.
8975
8976 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8977 Manager object.
8978
8979 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8980
8981 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8982
8983 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8984 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8985 complete.
8986
8987 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8988 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8989 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8990 systemd-fsck@.service.
8991
8992 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8993 Manager object.
8994
8995 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8996 work sensibly.
8997
8998 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8999 we actually understand.
9000
9001 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
9002 additional capabilities to the container.
9003
9004 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
9005 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
9006 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
9007
9008 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
9009 the current boot only.
9010
9011 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
9012 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
9013
9014 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
9015 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
9016 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
9017 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
9018 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
9019
9020 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9021
9022 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
9023 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9024 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
9025 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
9026
9027 CHANGES WITH 185:
9028
9029 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
9030 available.
9031
9032 * Several new man pages have been added.
9033
9034 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
9035 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
9036 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
9037 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
9038
9039 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
9040 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
9041
9042 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
9043 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9044 Matthias Clasen
9045
9046 CHANGES WITH 184:
9047
9048 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
9049 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
9050
9051 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
9052 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
9053 daemon.
9054
9055 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
9056 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
9057
9058 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
9059 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
9060 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
9061 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
9062
9063 CHANGES WITH 183:
9064
9065 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
9066 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
9067 and systemd's most recent version number.
9068
9069 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
9070 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
9071 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
9072 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
9073 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
9074 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
9075
9076 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
9077 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
9078 subsystems.
9079
9080 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
9081 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
9082 used to subscribe to events.
9083
9084 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
9085 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
9086 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
9087 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
9088 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
9089 forked by udev rules.
9090
9091 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
9092 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
9093 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
9094 it.
9095
9096 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
9097 udev_monitor_from_socket()
9098 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
9099 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
9100 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
9101
9102 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9103 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
9104
9105 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
9106 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
9107 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
9108 the files to the new names on upgrade.
9109
9110 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
9111 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
9112 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
9113 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
9114 to be used as drop-in files.
9115
9116 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
9117 particular suspending and hibernating.
9118
9119 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
9120 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
9121 about this in more detail.
9122
9123 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
9124 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
9125 places). Distributions which have not converted these
9126 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
9127 from git history and add them downstream.
9128
9129 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
9130 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
9131 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
9132 units.
9133
9134 * All smaller setup units (such as
9135 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
9136 are run in a container and are skipped when
9137 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
9138 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
9139
9140 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
9141 integrated, for details see:
9142 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
9143
9144 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
9145 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
9146 messages.
9147
9148 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
9149 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
9150 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
9151 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
9152 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
9153
9154 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
9155 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
9156 for all units started by PID 1.
9157
9158 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
9159 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
9160 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
9161
9162 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
9163 of PID 1 anymore.
9164
9165 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
9166 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
9167 have not been read by systemd yet.
9168
9169 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
9170 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
9171 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
9172 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
9173 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
9174 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
9175
9176 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
9177 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
9178
9179 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
9180
9181 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
9182 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
9183 so sexy.
9184
9185 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
9186 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
9187 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
9188 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
9189 patterns.
9190
9191 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
9192 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
9193 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
9194 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
9195
9196 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
9197 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
9198
9199 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
9200 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
9201 in systemd now.
9202
9203 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
9204 ID on the command line.
9205
9206 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
9207 for an init system.
9208
9209 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
9210 vt100.
9211
9212 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
9213
9214 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
9215 components now have directories of their own.
9216
9217 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
9218
9219 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
9220 container in other hierarchies.
9221
9222 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
9223 system.conf.
9224
9225 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
9226
9227 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
9228 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
9229
9230 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
9231 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
9232
9233 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
9234 locally generated journal files.
9235
9236 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
9237
9238 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
9239
9240 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
9241 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
9242 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
9243 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
9244 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
9245 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
9246 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9247 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
9248 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9249 Gundersen
9250
9251 CHANGES WITH 44:
9252
9253 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9254
9255 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
9256 KVM or container configured UUID.
9257
9258 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
9259
9260 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
9261
9262 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
9263 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
9264
9265 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
9266
9267 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
9268 folks
9269
9270 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
9271 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
9272 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
9273
9274 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
9275 configuration
9276
9277 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
9278 free fashion
9279
9280 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
9281 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
9282 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
9283 automatically generated data.
9284
9285 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
9286 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
9287 however.
9288
9289 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
9290 tarball.
9291
9292 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
9293 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
9294 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
9295 Reding
9296
9297 CHANGES WITH 43:
9298
9299 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9300
9301 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9302
9303 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9304
9305 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9306 normal user logins.
9307
9308 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9309 Biebl
9310
9311 CHANGES WITH 42:
9312
9313 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9314
9315 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9316 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9317 xsltproc.
9318
9319 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9320 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9321 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9322
9323 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9324 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9325 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9326
9327 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9328
9329 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9330 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9331 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9332
9333 CHANGES WITH 41:
9334
9335 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9336 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9337 package update.
9338
9339 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9340 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9341 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9342
9343 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9344 complete.
9345
9346 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9347 understood to set system wide environment variables
9348 dynamically at boot.
9349
9350 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9351
9352 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9353 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9354 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9355 files.
9356
9357 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9358 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9359 William Douglas
9360
9361 CHANGES WITH 40:
9362
9363 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9364
9365 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9366 "Result" D-Bus property.
9367
9368 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9369 the next few releases.)
9370
9371 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9372 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9373 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9374 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9375
9376 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9377 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9378 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9379
9380 CHANGES WITH 39:
9381
9382 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9383 bugfixes.
9384
9385 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9386 resource usage.
9387
9388 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9389 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9390 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9391 journals by the respective users.
9392
9393 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9394 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9395 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9396
9397 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9398 client for all entries.
9399
9400 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9401
9402 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9403 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9404
9405 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9406 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9407 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9408 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9409
9410 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9411 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9412 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9413
9414 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9415 journal along with meta data.
9416
9417 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9418 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9419 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9420
9421 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9422 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9423 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9424
9425 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9426
9427 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9428 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9429 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9430 or fsck.
9431
9432 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9433 requested with new -k switch.
9434
9435 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9436 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9437
9438 CHANGES WITH 38:
9439
9440 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9441 bugfixes.
9442
9443 * The git repository moved to:
9444 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9445 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9446
9447 * First release with the journal
9448 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9449
9450 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9451 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9452
9453 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9454
9455 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9456
9457 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9458 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9459 remote mounts.
9460
9461 * Added Mageia support
9462
9463 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9464
9465 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9466 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9467 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9468 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9469 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9470
9471 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9472 of existing distributions.
9473
9474 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9475 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9476
9477 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9478 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9479 boot.
9480
9481 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9482
9483 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9484 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9485 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9486 among other things.
9487
9488 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9489 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9490
9491 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9492
9493 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9494 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9495 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9496
9497 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9498 restored.
9499
9500 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9501 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9502 kmod
9503
9504 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9505 of /usr/local by default.
9506
9507 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9508 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9509 in:
9510 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9511
9512 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9513 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9514 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9515 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9516 supported anyway, and bad style).
9517
9518 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9519 reloading of units together.
9520
9521 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9522 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9523 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9524 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9525 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek